Investors Bancorp, Inc. - Annual Report: 2016 (Form 10-K)

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K



þ	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016 or



	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File No. 001-36441

Investors Bancorp, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)




Delaware		46-4702118
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

101 JFK Parkway, Short Hills, New Jersey		07078
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)		Zip Code

(973) 924-5100

(Registrant’s telephone number)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:




Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share		The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
(Title of Class)		(Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ No ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þ No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ

Table of Contents

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):




Large accelerated filer	þ		Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer		(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No þ

As of February 23, 2017, the registrant had 359,070,852 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, issued and 309,878,591 shares outstanding.

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the last sale price on June 30, 2016, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market, was approximately $3.47 billion.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

1. Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the registrant (Part III).

Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC.

2016 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS




		Page
Part I.
Item 1.	Business	1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	34
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	42
Item 2.	Properties	42
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	43
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	43

Part II.
Item 5.	Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	43
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	46
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	49
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	65
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	65
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	65
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	65
Item 9B.	Other Information	66

Part III.
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	66
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	66
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	66
Item 13.	Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence	66
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	66

Part IV.
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	67
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	136
	Signature Page	137

Table of Contents

PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains a number of forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. These statements may be identified by the use of the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “outlook,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” and similar terms and phrases, including references to assumptions.

Forward-looking statements are based on various assumptions and analyses made by us in light of our management’s experience and its perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors (many of which are beyond our control) that could cause actual results to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These factors are outlined in Item 1A. Risk Factors herein and include, without limitation, the following:


•	the timing and occurrence or non-occurrence of events may be subject to circumstances beyond our control;


•	there may be increases in competitive pressure among financial institutions or from non-financial institutions;


•	changes in the interest rate environment may reduce interest margins or affect the value of our investments;


•	changes in deposit flows, loan demand or real estate values may adversely affect our business;


•	changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines may cause our financial condition to be perceived differently;


•	general economic conditions, either nationally or locally in some or all areas in which we do business, or conditions in the real estate or securities markets or the banking industry may be less favorable than we currently anticipate;


•	legislative or regulatory changes may adversely affect our business;


•	technological changes may be more difficult or expensive than we anticipate;


•	success or consummation of new business initiatives may be more difficult or expensive than we anticipate;


•	litigation or other matters before regulatory agencies, whether currently existing or commencing in the future, may be determined adverse to us or may delay the occurrence or non-occurrence of events longer than we anticipate;


•	the risks associated with continued diversification and growth of assets and adverse changes to credit quality;


•	difficulties associated with achieving expected future financial results;


•	impact on our financial performance associated with the effective deployment of capital raised in our second step conversion offering; and


•	the risk of an economic slowdown that would adversely affect credit quality and loan originations.

We have no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document.

As used in this Form 10-K, “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Investors Bancorp, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, principally Investors Bank. Investors Bancorp, Inc.'s electronic filings with the SEC, including the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as amended, are made available at no cost in the Investor Relations section of the Company's website, www.myinvestorsbank.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. The Company's SEC filings are also available through the SEC's website at www.sec.gov.

PART I



ITEM 1.	BUSINESS

Investors Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation which became the holding company for Investors Bank ("the Bank") in May 2014, upon the completion of the mutual-to-stock conversion of Investors Bancorp, MHC. Prior to the 2014 conversion, Investors Bancorp, MHC held 55% of Investors Bancorp's outstanding common stock in connection with its initial public offering in October 2005, which raised net proceeds of $509.7 million. The second step conversion was completed on May 7, 2014. The Company raised net proceeds of $2.15 billion by selling a total of 219,580,695 shares of common stock at $10.00 per share in the second step stock offering and issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock and a $10.0 million cash contribution to the Investors Charitable Foundation. Concurrent with the completion of the stock offering, each share of Investors Bancorp common stock owned by public stockholders (stockholders other than Investors Bancorp, MHC) was exchanged for 2.55 shares of Company common stock. As a result of the conversion, all share information prior to May 2014 has been revised to reflect the 2.55- to- one exchange ratio.

Table of Contents

The Company is subject to regulation as a bank holding company by the Federal Reserve Board. Investors Bancorp neither owns nor leases any property, but instead uses the premises, equipment and furniture of the Bank. At the present time, the Company employs as officers only certain persons who are also officers of the Bank and uses the support staff of the Bank from time to time. These persons are not separately compensated by Investors Bancorp. Investors Bancorp may hire additional employees, as appropriate, to the extent it expands its business in the future.

Investors Bank is a New Jersey-chartered savings bank headquartered in Short Hills, New Jersey. Originally founded in 1926 as a New Jersey-chartered mutual savings and loan association, it has grown through acquisitions and internal growth, including de novo branching. In 1992, the charter was converted to a mutual savings bank and in 1997 the charter was converted to a New Jersey-chartered stock savings bank.

The Bank is in the business of attracting deposits from the public through its branch network and borrowing funds in the wholesale markets to originate loans and to invest in securities. The Bank originates multi-family loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial ("C&I") loans, one-to four- family residential mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residential real estate, construction loans and consumer loans, the majority of which are home equity loans, home equity lines of credit and cash surrender value lending on life insurance contracts. Securities, primarily mortgage-backed securities, U.S. Government and Federal Agency obligations, and other securities represented 15% of consolidated assets at December 31, 2016. The Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance ("NJDBI"), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB").

Our Business Strategy

Since the initial public offering in 2005, we have transitioned from a wholesale thrift business to a retail commercial bank. This transition has been primarily accomplished by increasing the amount of our commercial loans and core deposits. Our transformation can be attributed to a number of factors, including organic growth, de novo branch openings, bank and branch acquisitions, as well as product expansion. We believe the attractive markets we operate in, namely, the greater New Jersey and New York metropolitan areas, will continue to provide us with growth opportunities. Our primary focus is to build and develop profitable customer relationships across all lines of business, both consumer and commercial.

Opportunities through Our Attractive Markets

The markets we operate in are considered attractive banking markets within the United States, and we believe they will continue to provide us with opportunities to grow. We have expanded our franchise to include the suburbs of Philadelphia and the boroughs of New York City as well as Nassau and Suffolk Counties on Long Island. Additionally, we have strengthened our presence in our historic markets throughout New Jersey. We accomplished this expansion through de novo growth and select bank and branch acquisitions. As a result of this growth, Investors Bank is the largest bank headquartered in the state of New Jersey as measured by assets. The markets we operate in are desirable from an economic and demographic perspective as they are characterized by large and dense population centers, areas of high income households and centers of robust business and commercial activity. Our competition in these markets tends to be from out-of-state headquartered money centers and super-regional financial institutions as well as smaller local community banks. We believe that as a locally headquartered institution, situated between these extremes, we can compete and capitalize on opportunities that exist in our market area.

Many of the counties we serve are projected to experience moderate to strong household income growth through 2021. Though slower population growth is projected for many of the counties we serve, it is important to note that these counties are densely populated. All of the counties we serve have a strong mature market and nearly all have median household incomes greater than the national median.

We face intense competition in making loans as well as attracting deposits in our market area. Our competition for loans and deposits comes principally from commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking firms, credit unions and insurance companies. We face additional competition for deposits from short-term money market funds, brokerage firms and mutual funds. Some of our competitors offer products and services that we currently do not offer, such as trust services and private banking. As of June 30, 2016, the latest date for which statistics are available, our market share of deposits was ranked in the top 10 of total deposits in the State of New Jersey and in the top 20 within the New York metropolitan area.

Growing and Diversifying the Loan Portfolio

Our business plan has been, and will continue to be, to grow and diversify our loan portfolio. We have accomplished the majority of this growth by focusing on originating more multi-family and commercial real estate loans in our market area through our New York City and New Jersey loan production offices. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we originated $2.16 billion in multi-family loans and $1.08 billion in commercial real estate loans. We are focusing on growing our commercial loan portfolio because it helps to diversify the loan portfolio and reduces our interest rate exposure to mortgage-backed securities and one- to four-family mortgages.

Table of Contents

To further diversify our loan portfolio we have increased C&I lending by building relationships with small to medium sized companies in our market area. We have hired a number of experienced C&I lending teams, including a team specializing in the healthcare industry and a team of experienced lenders specializing in asset based lending. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we originated $608.9 million of C&I loans. We have diversified our loan portfolio, as evidenced by the fact that commercial loans (including commercial real estate, multi-family, C&I and construction loans) represent approximately 72% of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2016 as compared to December 31, 2012, when commercial loans were approximately 51% of total loans. Growing and diversifying our loan portfolio will continue to be a major focus of our business strategy going forward.

Changing the Mix of Deposits

We have focused on changing our deposit mix from certificates of deposit to core deposits (savings, checking and money market accounts). Core deposits are an attractive funding alternative because they are generally a more stable source of low cost funding and are less sensitive to changes in market interest rates. As of December 31, 2016, we had core deposits of $12.33 billion, representing approximately 81% of total deposits, compared to December 31, 2012 when core deposits were $5.80 billion, representing 66% of total deposits. Over the same time, the percent of non-interest bearing deposits to total deposits has grown from 10% to 14%. In order to maintain these favorable results and trends, we will continue to invest in additional de novo branches, branch staff training, product development as well as commercial deposit gathering efforts. Over the past few years we have developed a suite of commercial deposit and cash management products, designed to appeal to small and mid-sized business owners and non-profit organizations including electronic deposit services such as remote deposit capture. Mobile banking services have also been developed to serve our customers’ needs and adapt to a changing environment. We will continue to enhance our web site and use social media as a way to stay connected to our customers.

Our deposit business has become more diversified over the past few years as we attract more deposits from commercial entities, including most of the businesses that borrow from us. Investors Bank has become one of the largest depositories for government and municipal deposits in New Jersey, which provides us with an additional funding source. Our branch network, concentrated in markets with attractive demographics and a high density population, will continue to provide us with opportunities to grow and improve our deposit base.

Acquisitions

A significant portion of our historic growth can be attributed to our acquisition strategy. Through 2014 we completed eight bank or branch acquisitions. Although management evaluates a number of factors when considering an acquisition, we have maintained a fundamental focus on preserving tangible book value per share. Some of our most recent transactions have included the following acquisitions:


•	Gateway Community Financial Corp., completed January 2014 ($254.7 million of deposits and 4 branches in Gloucester County, New Jersey)


•	Roma Financial Corporation, completed December 2013 ($1.34 billion of deposits and 26 branches in the Philadelphia suburbs of New Jersey)


•	Marathon Banking Corporation, completed October 2012 ($777.5 million in deposits and 13 branches in Brooklyn, Queens, Staten Island, Manhattan and Long Island)


•	Brooklyn Federal Bancorp, completed January 2012 ($385.9 million in deposits and 5 branches in Brooklyn and Long Island)

These acquisitions have provided us with the opportunity to grow our business, expand our geographic footprint and improve our financial performance. We intend to continue to evaluate potential acquisition opportunities that may present themselves in the future while maintaining the financial and pricing discipline that we have adhered to in the past.

In May 2016 we signed a definitive merger agreement with the Bank of Princeton, with assets of $1.0 billion, operating ten branches in New Jersey and three in the Philadelphia market. In January 2017, due to the uncertainty of the timing around regulatory approval, both parties mutually agreed to terminate the transaction.

Capital Management

Capital management is a key component of our business strategy. We raised net proceeds of $2.15 billion in equity in May 2014 upon the completion of the second step mutual conversion. As of December 31, 2016 our tangible equity to asset ratio was 13.10%. We manage our capital through a combination of organic growth, acquisitions, stock repurchases and dividends. In March 2015 we received approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to commence a 5% buyback program prior to the one-year anniversary of the completion of our second step conversion and announced our first share repurchase program. Subsequently we announced two additional repurchase programs each authorizing a 10% buyback program. Since receiving approval in March 2015 we have repurchased 62.9 million shares totaling $746.3 million at an average price of $11.86.

Table of Contents

Beginning September of 2012, we began to pay a quarterly cash dividend of $0.02 per share. Since then our dividend has increased to $0.08 per share. For the year ended 2016 our dividend payout ratio was 40% which includes a 33% dividend increase in the fourth quarter of 2016 to $0.08 per share.

Involvement in Our Communities

Investors Bank proudly promotes a higher quality of life in the communities it serves in New Jersey and New York through employee volunteer efforts and the Investors Charitable Foundation. Employees are continually encouraged to become leaders in their communities and use Investors Bank’s support to help others. Through the Investors Charitable Foundation, established in 2005, and the Roma Charitable Foundation, which we acquired in December 2013, Investors Bank has contributed or committed $23.4 million in donations to enrich the lives of New Jersey and New York citizens by supporting initiatives in the arts, education, youth development, affordable housing, and health and human services.

Community involvement is one of the principal values of Investors Bank and provides our staff with a meaningful ability to help others. We believe these efforts contribute to creating a culture at Investors Bank that promotes high employee morale while enhancing the presence of Investors Bank in our local markets.

Lending Activities

Our loan portfolio is comprised of multi-family loans, commercial real estate loans, construction loans, commercial and industrial loans, residential mortgage loans and consumer and other loans. At December 31, 2016, multi-family loans totaled $7.46 billion, or 39.7% of our total loan portfolio, commercial real estate loans totaled $4.45 billion, or 23.7% of our total loan portfolio, commercial and industrial loans totaled $1.28 billion, or 6.8% of our total loan portfolio, and construction loans totaled $314.8 million, or 1.7% of our total loan portfolio. Residential mortgage loans represented $4.71 billion, or 25.1% of our total loans at December 31, 2016. We also offer consumer loans, which consist primarily of home equity loans, home equity lines of credit and cash surrender value lending on life insurance contracts. At December 31, 2016, consumer and other loans totaled $597.3 million, or 3.2% of our total loan portfolio.

Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio by type of loan. Commercial loans are comprised of multi-family loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans and construction loans. Our primary focus over recent years has been on the origination of commercial loans.



	December 31,
	2016					2015					2014					2013					2012
	Amount			%		Amount			%		Amount			%		Amount			%		Amount			%
	(Dollars in thousands )
Commercial loans:
Multi-family loans	$	7,459,131		39.65	%	$	6,255,904		37.04	%	$	5,049,114		33.44	%	$	3,986,208		30.51	%	$	2,995,471		28.70	%
Commercial real estate loans	4,452,300			23.67		3,829,099			22.67		3,147,153			20.84		2,505,327			19.18		1,971,689			18.89
Commercial and industrial loans	1,275,283			6.78		1,044,385			6.18		544,458			3.61		268,422			2.05		169,258			1.62
Construction loans	314,843			1.67		225,843			1.34		148,396			0.98		202,261			1.55		224,816			2.15
Total commercial loans	13,501,557			71.77		11,355,231			67.23		8,889,121			58.87		6,962,218			53.29		5,361,234			51.36
Residential mortgage loans	4,711,880			25.05		5,039,543			29.83		5,769,477			38.21		5,698,351			43.62		4,838,315			46.35
Consumer and other loans:
Home equity loans	161,356			0.86		201,063			1.19		222,871			1.48		245,653			1.88		101,163			0.97
Home equity credit lines	240,518			1.28		220,357			1.30		200,066			1.32		150,796			1.15		131,808			1.26
Other	195,391			1.04		75,136			0.45		18,017			0.12		7,600			0.06		5,951			0.06
Total consumer and other loans	597,265			3.18		496,556			2.94		440,954			2.92		404,049			3.09		238,922			2.29
Total loans	$	18,810,702		100.00	%	$	16,891,330		100.00	%	$	15,099,552		100.00	%	$	13,064,618		100.00	%	$	10,438,471		100.00	%
Net unamortized premiums and deferred loan costs ⁽¹⁾	(12,474		)			(11,692		)			(11,698		)			(8,146		)			10,487
Allowance for loan losses	(228,373		)			(218,505		)			(200,284		)			(173,928		)			(142,172		)
Net loans	$	18,569,855				$	16,661,133				$	14,887,570				$	12,882,544				$	10,306,786

(1) Included in unamortized premiums and deferred loan costs are accretable purchase accounting adjustments in connection with loans acquired.

Table of Contents

Portfolio Maturities. The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio based on contractual maturity, including PCI loans at December 31, 2016. Overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less.



	At December 31, 2016
	Multi-Family Loans		Commercial Real Estate Loans		Commercial and Industrial Loans		Construction Loans		Residential Mortgage Loans		Consumer and Other Loans		Total
	(In thousands)
Amounts Due:
One year or less	$	170,954	$	376,561	$	378,410	$	296,192	$	294,430	$	153,023	$	1,669,570
After one year:
One to three years	1,067,202		754,567		88,733		18,425		353,948		106,046		2,388,921
Three to five years	2,560,439		1,338,433		210,010		—		447,052		123,036		4,678,970
Five to ten years	3,237,622		1,656,287		412,492		226		612,232		65,203		5,984,062
Ten to twenty years	422,914		320,230		155,124		—		1,080,251		77,866		2,056,385
Over twenty years	—		6,222		30,514		—		1,923,967		72,091		2,032,794
Total due after one year	7,288,177		4,075,739		896,873		18,651		4,417,450		444,242		17,141,132
Total loans	$	7,459,131	$	4,452,300	$	1,275,283	$	314,843	$	4,711,880	$	597,265	$	18,810,702
Premiums on purchased loans and deferred loan fees, net													(12,474		)
Allowance for loan losses													(228,373		)
Net loans													$	18,569,855

The following table sets forth fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2016 that are contractually due after December 31, 2017.



	Due After December 31, 2017
	Fixed		Adjustable		Total
	(In thousands)
Commercial loans:
Multi-family loans	$	2,136,382	$	5,151,795	$	7,288,177
Commercial real estate loans	1,516,306		2,559,433		4,075,739
Commercial and industrial loans	607,219		289,654		896,873
Construction loans	10,918		7,733		18,651
Total commercial loans	4,270,825		8,008,615		12,279,440
Residential mortgage loans	3,116,926		1,300,524		4,417,450
Consumer and other loans:
Home equity loans	159,509		—		159,509
Home equity credit lines	—		92,497		92,497
Other	298		191,938		192,236
Total consumer and other loans	159,807		284,435		444,242
Total loans	$	7,547,558	$	9,593,574	$	17,141,132

Multi-family Loans. At December 31, 2016, $7.46 billion, or 39.7%, of our total loan portfolio was comprised of multi-family loans. Our policy generally has been to originate multi-family loans in New York, New Jersey and surrounding states. The multi-family loans in our portfolio consist of both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans, which were originated at prevailing market rates. Multi-family loans are generally five to fifteen year term balloon loans amortized over fifteen to thirty years.

Commercial Real Estate Loans. At December 31, 2016, $4.45 billion, or 23.7%, of our total loan portfolio was commercial real estate loans. We originate commercial real estate loans in New Jersey, New York and surrounding states, which are secured by industrial properties, retail buildings, office buildings and other commercial properties. Commercial real estate loans in our portfolio consist of both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans which were originated at prevailing market rates. Commercial real estate loans are generally five to fifteen year term balloon loans amortized over fifteen to thirty years. Included in commercial real estate loans are owner occupied commercial mortgage loans which totaled approximately $700 million at December 31, 2016.

Table of Contents

Commercial and Industrial Loans. At December 31, 2016, $1.28 billion, or 6.8%, of our total loan portfolio was commercial and industrial loans. We offer a wide range of credit facilities to commercial and industrial clients throughout our geographic footprint. Our credit offerings are lines of credit, term loans and letters of credit. The collateral for these types of loans can be comprised of real estate and/or a lien on the general assets, including inventory and receivables of the business, and in many cases are further supported by a personal guarantee of the owner. As the Company and our footprint have grown, we have broadened our product offerings to create certain commercial and industrial lending subspecialties, including expanded lending to the healthcare industry. As of December 31, 2016 asset based lending loans totaled $70.3 million. Included in the Company's commercial and industrial loans were $95.0 million of loans to Co-operative housing corporations and groups ("Co-Op loans").

Construction Loans. At December 31, 2016, we held $314.8 million in construction loans representing 1.7% of our total loan portfolio. We offer loans directly to builders and developers on income-producing properties and residential for-sale housing units. Generally, construction loans are structured to have a three-year term and are made in amounts of up to 70% of the appraised value of the completed property, or the actual cost of the improvements. Funds are disbursed based on inspections in accordance with a schedule reflecting the completion of portions of the project. Construction financing for units to be sold require a pre-sale or we will limit the amount of speculative building without a sales contract.

Residential Mortgage Loans. At December 31, 2016, $4.71 billion, or 25.1%, of our loan portfolio consisted of residential mortgage loans. Residential mortgage loans are originated by our mortgage subsidiary, Investors Home Mortgage, for our loan portfolio and for sale to third parties. We also purchase mortgage loans from correspondent entities including other banks and mortgage brokers. Our agreements call for these correspondent entities to originate loans that adhere to our underwriting standards. In most cases, we acquire the loans with servicing rights.

We offer various loan programs to provide financing for low-and moderate-income home buyers, some of which include down payment assistance for home purchases. Through these programs, qualified individuals receive a reduced rate of interest on most of our loan programs and have their application fee refunded at closing, as well as other incentives if certain conditions are met.

Consumer and Other Loans. At December 31, 2016, consumer and other loans totaled $597.3 million, or 3.2% of our total loan portfolio. We offer consumer loans, most of which consist of home equity loans, home equity lines of credit and cash surrender value lending on life insurance contracts. Home equity loans and home equity lines of credit are secured by residences primarily located in New Jersey and New York. Home equity loans are offered with fixed rates of interest, terms up to 20 years and to a maximum of $500,000. Home equity lines of credit have adjustable rates of interest, indexed to the prime rate.

During 2014, we started to offer cash surrender value lending on life insurance contracts. At December 31, 2016, cash surrender value loans totaled $191.9 million, or 32% of consumer and other loans. The underwriting on these loans allows a policy owner to borrow a minimum credit line of $65,000 up to a maximum of $3,000,000. Acceptable credit history and FICO scores are reviewed along with the evaluation of the financial rating of the insurance carrier.

Loan Originations and Purchases. The following table shows our loan originations, loan purchases and repayment activities with respect to our portfolio of loans receivable for the periods indicated. Origination, sale and repayment activities with respect to our loans-held-for-sale are excluded from the table.

Table of Contents



	Years Ended December 31,
	2016			2015			2014
	(In thousands)
Loan originations and purchases
Loan originations:
Commercial loans:
Multi-family loans	$	2,162,447		$	2,079,201		$	1,671,514
Commercial real estate loans	1,078,601			936,889			869,705
Commercial and industrial loans	608,899			930,777			445,360
Construction loans	451,505			82,455			44,817
Total commercial loans	4,301,452			4,029,322			3,031,396
Residential mortgage loans	523,342			646,521			608,076
Consumer and other loans:
Home equity loans	14,614			23,177			19,742
Home equity credit lines	145,147			131,533			103,689
Other	100,262			93,081			842
Total consumer and other loans	260,023			247,791			124,273
Total loan originations	5,084,817			4,923,634			3,763,745
Loan purchases:
Commercial loans:
Multi-family loans	—			2,760			—
Commercial real estate loans	—			141,564			—
Commercial and industrial loans	—			—			—
Construction loans	—			—			—
Total commercial loans	—			144,324			—
Residential mortgage loans	141,563			54,300			233,856
Consumer and other loans	—			—			—
Total loan purchases	141,563			198,624			233,856
Loans sold	(9,752		)	(394,742		)	(32,412		)
Principal repayments	(3,302,546		)	(2,945,853		)	(2,139,676		)
Other items, net(1)	(5,360		)	(8,100		)	(24,562		)
Net loans acquired in acquisition	—			—			204,075
Net increase in loan portfolio	$	1,908,722		$	1,773,563		$	2,005,026

(1)Other items include charge-offs and recoveries, loan loss provisions, loans transferred to other real estate owned, and amortization and accretion of deferred fees and costs, discounts and premiums, and purchase accounting adjustments.

Credit Policy and Procedures

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority. The credit approval process provides for prompt and thorough underwriting and approval or decline of loan requests. The approval method used is a hierarchy of individual lending authorities for new credits and renewals. Our lending authority policy and limits are reviewed periodically by the Board of Directors. Approval limits are set based on the risk associated with each loan type, loan amount, and aggregate loan balances of a borrower. The Bank’s Credit Risk Committee approves authorities for lending and credit personnel, which are ultimately submitted to our Board for ratification. Lending authorities are based on position, capability, and experience of the individuals.

Loans to One Borrower. The Bank’s regulatory limit on total loans to any one borrower or attributed to any one borrower is 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. As of December 31, 2016, the regulatory lending limit was $445.0 million. The Bank’s internal policy limit is $150.0 million, with the option to exceed that limit with the Board of Directors’ ratification on total loans to a borrower or related borrowers. The Bank reviews these group exposures on a regular basis. The Bank also sets additional limits on size of loans by loan type. At December 31, 2016, the Bank’s largest relationship with an individual borrower and its

Table of Contents

related entities was $120.7 million in commercial loans consisting of six shopping centers and three retail stores and was performing in accordance with its contractual terms.

Asset Quality. One of the Bank’s key operating objectives has been, and continues to be, maintaining a high level of asset quality. The Bank maintains sound credit standards for new loan originations and purchases. We do not originate or purchase sub-prime loans, negative amortization loans or option ARM loans. While our portfolio contains interest only and no income verification residential mortgage loans, we no longer originate or purchase these types of residential loan products. Included in residential and consumer loans for the period ended December 31, 2016 are $124.2 million interest only and $246.0 million in no income verification loans. The Bank does, from time to time and for competitive purposes, originate commercial loans with limited interest only periods. Included in total commercial loans for the period ended December 31, 2016 are $588.4 million in interest only loans. In addition, the Bank uses proactive collection and workout processes in dealing with delinquent and problem loans.

The underlying credit quality of our loan portfolio is dependent primarily on each borrower’s ability to continue to make required loan payments and, in the event a borrower is unable to continue to do so, the value of the collateral securing the loan, if any. A borrower’s ability to pay typically is dependent; in the case of one-to four-family mortgage loans and consumer loans, primarily on employment and other sources of income; in the case of multi-family and commercial real estate loans, on the cash flow generated by the property; in the case of C&I loans, on the cash flows generated by the business, which in turn is impacted by general economic conditions. Other factors, such as unanticipated expenditures or changes in the financial markets, may also impact a borrower’s ability to pay. Collateral values, particularly real estate values, are also impacted by a variety of factors including general economic conditions, demographics, maintenance and collection or foreclosure delays.

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans. Purchased Credit-Impaired ("PCI") loans are loans acquired at a discount, due in part to credit quality. PCI loans are accounted for in accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30 and are initially recorded at fair value (as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows) with no valuation allowance (i.e., the allowance for loan losses). The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the initial carrying amount (fair value) of the PCI loans, or the “accretable yield,” is recognized as interest income utilizing the level-yield method over the life of the loans. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “non-accretable difference,” are not recognized as a yield adjustment, as a loss accrual or a valuation allowance. Reclassifications of the non-accretable difference to the accretable yield may occur subsequent to the loan acquisition dates due to increases in expected cash flows of the loans and would result in an increase in yield on a prospective basis.

Table of Contents

Delinquent Loans. The following table sets forth our loan delinquencies by type and by amount at the dates indicated, excluding loans classified as PCI.



	Loans Delinquent For
	60-89 Days			90 Days and Over			Total
	Number	Amount		Number	Amount		Number	Amount
	(Dollars in thousands)
At December 31, 2016
Commercial loans:
Multi-family loans	1	$	1,099	1	$	234	2	$	1,333
Commercial real estate loans	8	31,964		14	6,445		22	38,409
Commercial and industrial loans	4	885		6	2,971		10	3,856
Construction loans	—	—		—	—		—	—
Total commercial loans	13	33,948		21	9,650		34	43,598
Residential mortgage loans	52	10,930		286	58,119		338	69,049
Consumer and other loans	10	719		115	7,065		125	7,784
Total	75	$	45,597	422	$	74,834	497	$	120,431

At December 31, 2015
Commercial loans:
Multi-family loans	—	$	—	2	$	1,886	2	$	1,886
Commercial real estate loans	3	352		18	6,429		21	6,781
Commercial and industrial loans	2	—		13	4,386		15	4,386
Construction loans	—	—		4	792		4	792
Total commercial loans	5	352		37	13,493		42	13,845
Residential mortgage loans	60	14,956		301	68,560		361	83,516
Consumer and other loans	31	427		137	8,976		168	9,403
Total	96	$	15,735	475	$	91,029	571	$	106,764

Non-Performing Assets. Non-performing assets include non-accrual loans, loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing interest, performing troubled debt restructurings and real estate owned ("REO"), and excludes PCI loans. We did not have any loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing interest at December 31, 2016 and 2015. Included in delinquent loans 60-89 days for the year ended December 31, 2016 is a single loan relationship totaling 6 loans for $32.2 million. The loans for this relationship are secured by single tenant, well-collateralized properties with strong loan to value ratios. Management is actively monitoring all of these loans.

At December 31, 2016, we had REO of $4.5 million consisting of 18 residential properties and 8 commercial properties. Non-accrual loans decreased by $21.1 million to $94.3 million at December 31, 2016 from $115.4 million at December 31, 2015. There were no sales of non-performing loans during 2016. During 2015, the Company sold a pool of non-performing loans (including PCI loans) totaling $20.9 million on a bulk basis.

The ratio of non-accrual loans to total loans decreased to 0.50% at December 31, 2016 from 0.68% at December 31, 2015. Our ratio of non-performing assets to total assets decreased to 0.47% at December 31, 2016 from 0.69% at December 31, 2015. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total non-accrual loans increased to 242.24% at December 31, 2016 from 189.30% at December 31, 2015. For further discussion of our non-performing assets and non-performing loans and the allowance for loan losses, see Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our non-performing assets excluding PCI loans at the dates indicated.

Table of Contents



	December 31,
	2016			2015			2014			2013			2012
				(Dollars in thousands)
Non-accrual loans:
Multi-family loans	$	482		$	3,467		$	2,989		$	5,905		$	11,143
Commercial real estate loans	9,205			10,820			13,940			2,711			753
Commercial and industrial loans	4,659			9,225			2,903			1,281			375
Construction loans	—			792			4,345			16,181			25,764
Total commercial loans	14,346			24,304			24,177			26,078			38,035
Residential mortgage loans	72,593			81,816			79,971			72,309			81,295
Consumer and other loans	7,335			9,306			4,211			1,973			1,238
Total non-accrual loans	94,274			115,426			108,359			100,360			120,568
Real estate owned	4,492			6,283			7,839			8,516			8,093
Performing troubled debt restructurings	9,445			22,489			35,624			39,570			15,756
Total non-performing assets	$	108,211		$	144,198		$	151,822		$	148,446		$	144,417
Total non-accrual loans to total loans	0.50		%	0.68		%	0.72		%	0.77		%	1.16		%
Total non-performing assets to total assets	0.47		%	0.69		%	0.81		%	0.95		%	1.14		%

At December 31, 2016, there were $30.4 million of loans deemed trouble debt restructurings, of which $9.5 million were classified as accruing and $20.9 million were classified as non-accrual. For the year ended December 31, 2016, interest income that would have been recorded had our non-accruing loans been current in accordance with their original terms amounted to $4.9 million. We recognized interest income of $2.6 million on such loans for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Real Estate Owned. Real estate we acquire as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned ("REO") until sold. When property is acquired it is recorded at fair value at the date of foreclosure less estimated costs to sell the property. Holding costs and declines in fair value result in charges to expense after acquisition. At December 31, 2016, we had REO of $4.5 million consisting of 18 residential properties and 8 commercial properties.

Classified Assets. Federal regulations provide that loans and other assets of lesser quality should be classified as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss” assets. An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” we will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. We classify an asset as “special mention” if the asset has a potential weakness that warrants management’s close attention. While such assets are not impaired or classified assets, management has concluded that if the potential weakness in the asset is not addressed, the value of the asset may deteriorate, adversely affecting the repayment of the asset.

We are required to establish an allowance for loan losses in an amount that management considers prudent for loans classified substandard or doubtful, as well as for other problem loans. General allowances represent loss allowances, which have been established to recognize the inherent losses associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When we classify problem assets as “loss,” we are required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of the amount of the asset so classified or to charge off such amount. Our determination as to the classification of our assets and the amount of our valuation allowances is subject to review by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which can require that we establish additional general or specific loss allowances.

We review the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis to determine whether any loans require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. Not all classified assets constitute non-performing assets.

Impaired Loans. The Company defines an impaired loan as a loan for which it is probable, based on current information, that the lender will not collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Company evaluates commercial loans with an outstanding balance greater than $1.0 million and on non-accrual status, loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”), and other commercial loans with an outstanding balance greater than $1.0 million if management has

Table of Contents

specific information that it is probable they will not collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement for impairment. Impaired loans are individually evaluated to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the collateral or the present value of the expected future cash flows. Smaller balance homogeneous loans are evaluated for impairment collectively unless they are modified in a troubled debt restructure. Such loans include residential mortgage loans, consumer loans, and loans not meeting the Company’s definition of impaired, and are specifically excluded from impaired loans. At December 31, 2016, loans meeting the Company’s definition of an impaired loan totaled $34.4 million. The allowance for loan losses related to loans classified as impaired at December 31, 2016, amounted to $1.6 million. Interest income received during the year ended December 31, 2016 on loans classified as impaired totaled $1.5 million. For further detail on our impaired loans, see Note 1 and Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 15 - Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.”

Allowance for Loan Losses

Our allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level necessary to absorb loan losses that are both probable and reasonably estimable. In determining the allowance for loan losses, management considers the losses inherent in our loan portfolio and changes in the nature and volume of loan activities, along with the general economic and real estate market conditions. A description of our methodology in establishing our allowance for loan losses is set forth in the section “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies — Allowance for Loan Losses.” The allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2016 is maintained at a level that represents management’s best estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio. However, this analysis process is subjective, as it requires us to make estimates that are susceptible to revisions as more information becomes available. Although we believe we have established the allowance at levels to absorb probable and estimable losses, future additions may be necessary if economic or other conditions in the future differ from the current environment.

As an integral part of their examination processes, the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation will periodically review our allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination.

Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.



	Years Ended December 31,
	2016			2015			2014			2013			2012
	(Dollars in thousands)
Allowance balance (beginning of period)	$	218,505		$	200,284		$	173,928		$	142,172		$	117,242
Provision for loan losses	19,750			26,000			37,500			50,500			65,000
Charge-offs:
Multi-family loans	(161		)	(284		)	(323		)	(1,266		)	(9,058		)
Commercial real estate loans	(455		)	(1,021		)	(6,147		)	(1,101		)	(479		)
Commercial and industrial loans	(4,485		)	(516		)	(2,447		)	(516		)	(99		)
Construction loans	(52		)	(466		)	(640		)	(3,424		)	(13,227		)
Residential mortgage loans	(9,425		)	(9,526		)	(7,715		)	(15,508		)	(20,180		)
Consumer and other loans	(419		)	(403		)	(972		)	(795		)	(1,107		)
Total charge-offs	(14,997		)	(12,216		)	(18,244		)	(22,610		)	(44,150		)
Recoveries:
Multi-family loans	1,885			445			3,784			219			—
Commercial real estate loans	689			807			201			65			43
Commercial and industrial loans	541			295			516			604			23
Construction loans	267			317			799			315			3,387
Residential mortgage loans	1,631			2,295			1,783			2,528			593
Consumer and other loans	102			278			17			135			34
Total recoveries	5,115			4,437			7,100			3,866			4,080
Net charge-offs	(9,882		)	(7,779		)	(11,144		)	(18,744		)	(40,070		)
Allowance balance (end of period)	$	228,373		$	218,505		$	200,284		$	173,928		$	142,172
Total loans outstanding	$	18,810,702		$	16,891,330		$	15,099,552		$	13,064,618		$	10,438,471
Average loans outstanding	17,479,932			15,716,010			13,776,250			11,065,190			9,271,550
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans outstanding	1.21		%	1.29		%	1.33		%	1.33		%	1.36		%
Net loans charged off as a percent of average loans outstanding	0.06		%	0.05		%	0.08		%	0.17		%	0.43		%
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans ⁽¹⁾	220.18		%	158.43		%	139.10		%	124.30		%	104.29		%

(1) Non performing loans include non-accrual loans and performing troubled debt restructured loans.

Table of Contents

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.



	December 31,
	2016				2015				2014				2013				2012
	Allowance for Loan Losses		Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans		Allowance for Loan Losses		Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans		Allowance for Loan Losses		Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans		Allowance for Loan Losses		Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans		Allowance for Loan Losses		Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans
	(Dollars in thousands)
End of period allocated to:
Multi-family loans	$	95,561	39.6	%	$	88,223	37.0	%	$	71,147	33.4	%	$	42,103	30.5	%	$	29,853	28.7	%
Commercial real estate loans	52,796		23.7		46,999		22.7		44,030		20.8		46,657		19.2		33,347		18.9
Commercial and industrial loans	43,492		6.8		40,585		6.2		20,759		3.6		9,273		2.1		4,094		1.6
Construction loans	11,653		1.7		6,794		1.3		6,488		1.0		8,947		1.6		16,062		2.2
Residential mortgage loans	19,831		25.0		31,443		29.8		47,936		38.2		51,760		43.6		45,369		46.4
Consumer and other loans	2,850		3.2		3,155		2.9		3,347		2.9		2,161		3.1		2,086		2.3
Unallocated	2,190				1,306				6,577				13,027				11,361
Total allowance	$	228,373	100.0	%	$	218,505	100.0	%	$	200,284	100.0	%	$	173,928	100.0	%	$	142,172	100.0	%

Security Investments

The Board of Directors has adopted our Investment Policy. This policy determines the types of securities in which we may invest. The Investment Policy is reviewed annually by management and changes to the policy are recommended to and subject to approval by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors delegates operational responsibility for the implementation of the Investment Policy to the Asset Liability Committee, which is primarily comprised of senior officers. While general investment strategies are developed by the Asset Liability Committee, the execution of specific actions rests primarily with our Treasurer. The Treasurer is responsible for ensuring the guidelines and requirements included in the Investment Policy are followed and all securities are considered prudent for investment. Investment transactions are reviewed and ratified by the Board of Directors at their regularly scheduled meetings.

Our Investment Policy requires that investment transactions conform to Federal and New Jersey State investment regulations. Our investments purchased may include, but are not limited to, U.S. Treasury obligations, securities issued by various Federal Agencies, State and Municipal subdivisions, mortgage-backed securities, certain certificates of deposit of insured financial institutions, overnight and short-term loans to other banks, investment grade corporate debt instruments, and mutual funds. In addition, Investors Bancorp may invest in equity securities subject to certain limitations.

The Investment Policy requires that securities transactions be conducted in a safe and sound manner. Purchase and sale decisions are based upon a thorough pre-purchase analysis of each security to determine it conforms to our overall asset/liability management objectives. The analysis must consider its effect on our risk-based capital measurement, prospects for yield and/or appreciation and other risk factors.

In December 2013, regulatory agencies adopted a rule on the treatment of certain collateralized debt obligations backed by trust preferred securities to implement sections of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, known as the Volcker Rule. At December 31, 2016 none of our securities were deemed to be a covered fund under the Volcker Rule.

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2016, our securities portfolio totaled $3.42 billion representing 14.7% of our total assets. Securities are classified as held-to-maturity or available-for-sale when purchased. At December 31, 2016, $1.76 billion of our securities were classified as held-to-maturity and reported at amortized cost and $1.66 billion were classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value.

Mortgage-Backed Securities. We purchase mortgage-backed pass through and collateralized mortgage obligation (“CMO”) securities insured or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac (government-sponsored enterprises) and Ginnie Mae (government agency), and to a lesser extent, a variety of federal and state housing authorities (collectively referred to below as “agency-issued mortgage-backed securities”). At December 31, 2016, agency-issued mortgage-backed securities including CMOs, totaled $3.33 billion, or 97.3%, of our total securities portfolio.

Mortgage-backed securities present a risk that actual prepayments may differ from estimated prepayments over the life of the security, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion of any discount relating to such instruments that can change the net yield on such securities. There is also reinvestment risk associated with the cash flows from such securities. The fair value of such securities may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates and/or other market variables.

Our mortgage-backed securities portfolio had a weighted average yield of 1.91% for the year ended December 31, 2016. The estimated fair value of our mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2016 was $3.31 billion, which is $34.3 million less than the carrying value. The decrease to the fair value is attributed to an increase to interest rates during 2016.

We also may invest in securities issued by non-agency or private mortgage originators, provided those securities are rated AAA by nationally recognized rating agencies and satisfactorily pass an internal credit review at the time of purchase. Currently, the Company does not hold any non-agency mortgage-backed securities in its portfolio.

Corporate and Other Debt Securities. Our corporate and other debt securities portfolio primarily consists of collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) backed by pooled trust preferred securities (TruPS), principally issued by banks and to a lesser extent insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, and collateralized debt obligations. The interest rates on these securities reset quarterly in relation to 3 month LIBOR rate. These securities have been classified in the held-to-maturity portfolio since their purchase.

At December 31, 2016, the trust preferred securities portfolio had an amortized cost of $39.1 million, or 1.14% of our total securities portfolio, and a fair value of $79.2 million with none of the securities in an unrealized loss position. Throughout the year we engage an independent valuation firm to assist us in valuing our TruPS portfolio and prepare our other-than temporary impairment, or OTTI, analysis. At December 31, 2016, management deemed that the present value of projected cash flows for each security was greater than the book value and did not recognize any OTTI charges for the periods ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2015 the Company recognized a loss of $646,000 on a TruPS security which was entirely liquidated by its Trustee.

We continue to closely monitor the performance of the securities we own as well as the events surrounding this segment of the market. We will continue to evaluate for other-than-temporary impairment, which could result in a future non-cash charge to earnings.

Municipal Bonds. At December 31, 2016, we had $38.0 million in municipal bonds which represents 1.1% of our total securities portfolio. These bonds are comprised of $33.4 million in short-term Bond Anticipation or Tax Anticipation notes and $4.6 million of longer term New Jersey Revenue Bonds. These purchases were made to diversify the securities portfolio and are designated as held to maturity.

Government Sponsored Enterprises. At December 31, 2016, debt securities issued by Government Sponsored Enterprises held in our security portfolio totaled $2.1 million representing less than 0.2% of our total securities portfolio.

Marketable Equity Securities. At December 31, 2016, we had $6.7 million in equity securities representing 0.2% of our total securities portfolio. Equity securities are not insured or guaranteed investments and are affected by market interest rates and stock market fluctuations. Such investments (when held) are carried at their fair value and fluctuations in the fair value of such investments, including temporary declines in value, directly affect our net capital position.

Table of Contents

Securities Portfolios. The following table sets forth the composition of our investment securities portfolios at the dates indicated.



	At December 31,
	2016				2015				2014
	Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value
	(In thousands)
Available-for-sale:
Equity securities	$	5,825	$	6,660	$	5,778	$	6,495	$	6,887	$	8,523
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal National Mortgage Association	1,022,383		1,008,587		724,851		726,072		675,535		681,992
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation	603,774		598,439		546,652		547,451		503,268		507,283
Government National Mortgage Association	47,538		46,747		24,841		24,679		125		126
Total mortgage-backed securities available for sale	1,673,695		1,653,773		1,296,344		1,298,202		1,178,928		1,189,401
Total available-for-sale securities	$	1,679,520	$	1,660,433	$	1,302,122	$	1,304,697	$	1,185,815	$	1,197,924
Held-to-maturity:
Debt securities:
Government sponsored enterprises	$	2,128	$	2,140	$	4,232	$	4,243	$	4,388	$	4,403
Municipal bonds	37,978		39,493		43,058		44,365		24,320		25,321
Corporate and other debt securities	44,092		84,245		35,113		77,817		33,440		65,236
Total debt securities	84,198		125,878		82,403		126,425		62,148		94,960
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal National Mortgage Association	1,244,833		1,233,079		1,226,140		1,227,325		974,376		984,787
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation	410,133		407,424		514,339		513,470		500,637		502,320
Government National Mortgage Association	16,392		16,420		21,330		21,455		27,136		27,116
Federal housing authorities	—		—		11		11		182		182
Total mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity	1,671,358		1,656,923		1,761,820		1,762,261		1,502,331		1,514,405
Total held-to-maturity securities	$	1,755,556	$	1,782,801	$	1,844,223	$	1,888,686	$	1,564,479	$	1,609,365
Total securities	$	3,435,076	$	3,443,234	$	3,146,345	$	3,193,383	$	2,750,294	$	2,807,289

At December 31, 2016, except for our investments in Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities, we had no investment in the securities of any issuer that had an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our equity.

Table of Contents

Portfolio Maturities and Coupon. The composition, maturities and coupon rate of the securities portfolio at December 31, 2016 are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur. Municipal securities coupons have not been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis.



	One Year or Less				More than One Year through Five Years				More than Five Years through Ten Years				More than Ten Years				Total Securities
	Carrying Value		Weighted Average Coupon		Carrying Value		Weighted Average Coupon		Carrying Value		Weighted Average Coupon		Carrying Value		Weighted Average Coupon		Carrying Value		Fair Value		Weighted Average Coupon
	(Dollars in thousands)
Available-for-Sale:
Equity securities	$	—	—	%	$	—	—	%	$	—	—	%	$	5,825	—	%	$	5,825	$	6,660	—	%
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation	—		—		—		—		75,639		2.74		528,135		2.01		603,774		598,439		2.10
Federal National Mortgage Association	—		—		14,972		2.55		142,704		2.16		864,707		1.94		1,022,383		1,008,587		1.98
Government National Mortgage Association	—		—		—		—		—		—		47,538		1.84		47,538		46,747		1.84
Total mortgage-backed securities	—		—		14,972		2.55		218,343		2.36		1,440,380		1.96		1,673,695		1,653,773		2.02
Total available-for- sale securities	$	—	—	%	$	14,972	2.55	%	$	218,343	2.36	%	$	1,446,205	1.95	%	$	1,679,520	$	1,660,433	2.01	%
Held-to-Maturity:
Debt securities:
Government sponsored enterprises	$	—	—		$	2,128	1.55		$	—	—		$	—	—		$	2,128	$	2,140	1.55
Municipal bonds	33,348		1.54		75		3.63		—		—		4,555		9.13		37,978		39,493		2.45
Corporate and other debt securities	—		—		—		—		5,000		5.13		39,092		2.28		44,092		84,245		2.60
	33,348		1.54		2,203		1.62		5,000		5.13		43,647		2.99		84,198		125,878		2.51
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation	—		—		—		—		18,121		2.06		392,012		2.17		410,133		407,424		2.17
Federal National Mortgage Association	—		—		25,084		1.77		56,314		1.89		1,163,435		2.32		1,244,833		1,233,079		2.29
Government National Mortgage Association	—		—		—		—		—		—		16,392		2.27		16,392		16,420		2.27
Total mortgage-backed securities	—		—		25,084		1.77		74,435		1.93		1,571,839		2.28		1,671,358		1,656,923		2.26
Total held-to-maturity securities	$	33,348	1.54	%	$	27,287	1.76	%	$	79,435	2.13	%	$	1,615,486	2.30	%	$	1,755,556	$	1,782,801	2.27	%

Table of Contents

Sources of Funds

General. Deposits are the primary source of funds used for our lending and investment activities. Our strategy is to increase core deposit growth to fund these activities. In addition, we use a significant amount of borrowings, primarily advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”), to supplement cash flow needs, to lengthen the maturities of liabilities for interest rate risk management and to manage our cost of funds. Additional sources of funds include principal and interest payments from loans and securities, loan and security prepayments and maturities, repurchase agreements, brokered deposits, income on other earning assets and retained earnings. While cash flows from loans and securities payments can be relatively stable sources of funds, deposit inflows and outflows can vary widely and are influenced by prevailing interest rates, market conditions and levels of competition.

Deposits. At December 31, 2016, we held $15.28 billion in total deposits, representing 76.2% of our total liabilities. Over the past several years, we have revised our deposit strategy from one focused on attracting certificates of deposit to one focused on core deposits (savings, checking and money market accounts). The impact of these efforts has been a continuing shift in deposit mix to lower cost core products. We remain committed to our plan of attracting more core deposits because core deposits represent a more stable source of low cost funds and may be less sensitive to changes in market interest rates. At December 31, 2016, we held $12.33 billion in core deposits, representing 80.7% of total deposits, of which $736.8 million are brokered money market deposits. At December 31, 2016, $2.95 billion, or 19.3%, of our total deposit balances were certificates of deposit, which included $687.8 million of brokered certificates of deposits. In addition, municipal deposits are a significant source of funds. At December 31, 2016 $3.36 billion, or 22.0% of our total deposits consisted of public fund deposits from local government entities.

We have a suite of commercial deposit products, designed to appeal to small and mid-sized business owners and non-profit organizations. The interest rates we pay, our maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are all reviewed on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on our current operating strategies, market rates, liquidity requirements, rates paid by competitors and growth goals. We also rely on personalized customer service, long-standing relationships with customers and an active marketing program to attract and retain deposits.

The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and other prevailing interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts we offer allows us to respond to changes in consumer demands and to be competitive in obtaining deposit funds. Our ability to attract and maintain deposits and the rates we pay on deposits will continue to be significantly affected by market conditions.

We intend to continue to invest in de novo branches, technology platforms and branch staff training and to aggressively market and advertise our core deposit products and will attempt to generate our deposits from a diverse client group within our primary market area. We remain focused on attracting deposits from consumers, businesses and municipalities which operate in our marketplace.

The following table sets forth the distribution of total deposit accounts, by account type, at the dates indicated.



	At December 31,
	2016						2015						2014
	Balance		Percent of Total Deposits		Weighted Average Rate		Balance		Percent of Total Deposits		Weighted Average Rate		Balance		Percent of Total Deposits		Weighted Average Rate
	(Dollars in thousands)
Non-interest bearing:
Checking accounts	$	2,173,493	14.2	%	—	%	$	1,890,536	13.4	%	—	%	$	1,249,070	10.3	%	—	%
Interest-bearing:
Checking accounts	3,916,208		25.6		0.45		2,745,489		19.5		0.29		2,643,769		21.7		0.29
Money market deposits	4,150,583		27.2		0.65		3,861,317		27.5		0.67		3,390,238		27.9		0.71
Savings	2,092,989		13.7		0.29		2,150,004		15.3		0.29		2,318,911		19.1		0.27
Certificates of deposit	2,947,560		19.3		0.91		3,416,310		24.3		1.14		2,570,338		21.1		1.00
Total deposits	$	15,280,833	100.0	%	0.51	%	$	14,063,656	100.0	%	0.56	%	$	12,172,326	100.0	%	0.53	%

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, by rate category, the amount of certificates of deposit outstanding as of the dates indicated.



	At December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
	(Dollars in thousands)
Certificates of Deposits
0.00% - 0.25%	$	639,425	$	606,970	$	703,630
0.26% - 0.50%	194,827		304,458		511,058
0.51% - 1.00%	643,526		384,941		389,815
1.01% - 2.00%	1,427,999		1,791,549		512,383
2.01% - 3.00%	31,956		301,930		386,775
Over 3.00%	9,827		26,462		66,677
Total	$	2,947,560	$	3,416,310	$	2,570,338

The following table sets forth, by rate category, the remaining period to maturity of certificates of deposit outstanding at December 31, 2016.



	Within Three Months		Over Three to Six Months		Over Six Months to One Year		Over One Year to Two Years		Over Two Years to Three Years		Over Three Years		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Certificates of Deposits
0.00% - 0.25%	$	245,644	$	135,462	$	206,213	$	24,500	$	8,503	$	19,103	$	639,425
0.26% - 0.50%	45,038		17,677		38,379		93,428		236		69		194,827
0.51% - 1.00%	49,876		169,049		210,713		84,423		40,490		88,975		643,526
1.01% - 2.00%	154,188		316,340		254,241		471,009		183,506		48,715		1,427,999
2.01% - 3.00%	12,959		301		1,413		561		4,661		12,061		31,956
Over 3.00%	3,081		4,273		1,153		631		110		579		9,827
Total	$	510,786	$	643,102	$	712,112	$	674,552	$	237,506	$	169,502	$	2,947,560

The following table sets forth the aggregate amount of outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 and the respective maturity of those certificates as of December 31, 2016.




	At December 31, 2016
	(In thousands)
Three months or less	$254,540
Over three months through six months	446,897
Over six months through one year	475,175
Over one year	761,698
Total	$1,938,310

Table of Contents

Borrowings. We borrow directly from the FHLB and various financial institutions. Our FHLB borrowings, frequently referred to as advances, are over collateralized by our residential and non-residential mortgage portfolios as well as qualified investment securities. The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our advances from the FHLB and other financial instruments at the dates and for the periods indicated.



	At or for the Year Ended December 31,
	2016			2015			2014			2013			2012
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at end of period	$	4,391,420		$	3,106,783		$	2,598,186		$	3,099,593		$	2,650,652
Average balance during period	3,663,087			2,997,873			2,548,744			3,015,058			2,068,006
Maximum outstanding at any month end	4,391,420			3,548,000			3,230,000			3,586,000			2,650,652
Weighted average interest rate at end of period	1.79		%	2.12		%	2.24		%	1.83		%	2.14		%
Average interest rate during period	1.86		%	2.06		%	2.19		%	1.90		%	2.60		%

We also borrow funds under repurchase agreements with the FHLB and various brokers. These agreements are recorded as financing transactions as we maintain effective control over the transferred or pledged securities. The dollar amount of the securities underlying the agreements continues to be carried in our securities portfolio while the obligations to repurchase the securities are reported as liabilities. The securities underlying the agreements are delivered to the party with whom each transaction is executed. Those parties agree to resell to us the identical securities we delivered to them at the maturity or call period of the agreement. The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rate on our securities sold under agreements to repurchase at the dates and for the periods indicated:



	At or for the Year Ended December 31,
	2016			2015			2014			2013			2012
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at end of period	$	154,831		$	156,307		$	167,918		$	267,681		$	55,000
Average balance during period	153,000			159,438			192,865			164,415			156,120
Maximum outstanding at any month end	154,831			163,000			261,205			267,681			250,000
Weighted average interest rate at end of period	2.19		%	2.21		%	2.28		%	1.60		%	3.94		%
Average interest rate during period	2.16		%	2.25		%	2.02		%	1.50		%	3.93		%

Subsidiary Activities

Investors Bancorp, Inc. has two direct subsidiaries: Marathon Statutory Trust II and Investors Bank.

Marathon Statutory Trust II. Marathon Statutory Trust II is a Delaware statutory trust incorporated in December 2006 and acquired in the merger with Marathon Banking Corporation in October 2012. The purpose of this subsidiary was to issue and sell trust preferred securities. At December 31, 2016, the balance of securities issued was $5.0 million.

Investors Bank. Investors Bank is a New Jersey chartered savings bank headquartered in Short Hills, New Jersey. Originally founded in 1926, the bank is in the business of attracting deposits from the public through its branch network and borrowing funds in the wholesale markets to originate loans and to invest in securities. Investors Bank has the following direct and indirect subsidiaries: Investors Home Mortgage, Investors Investment Corp., Investors Commercial, Inc., Investors Financial Group, Inc., My Way Development LLC, Marathon Realty Investors Inc. and Investors Financial Group Insurance Agency, Inc. In addition, Investors Bank has the following direct and indirect subsidiaries that are dormant and are in the process of being dissolved or merged into other subsidiaries: MNBNY Holding Inc., Roma Capital Investment Corp., Roma Service Corporation, B.F.S. Agency,

Table of Contents

Inc. and 3D Holding Company, Inc. Investors Bank also acquired additional subsidiaries in 2012 as a result of the merger with Brooklyn Federal Bancorp, Inc. These subsidiaries were inactive and substantially all assets held by the subsidiaries were cash. We are currently in the process of liquidating and dissolving those subsidiaries. Investors Bank has two additional subsidiaries which are inactive. The subsidiaries are Investors Financial Services, Inc. and Investors Real Estate Corporation.

•Investors Home Mortgage. Investors Home Mortgage is a New Jersey limited liability company that was formed in 2001 for the purpose of originating loans for sale to both Investors Bank and third parties. During 2011, in conjunction with the rebranding of Investors Bank, this subsidiary changed the name it does business under from ISB Mortgage Co., LLC to Investors Home Mortgage. Investors Home Mortgage serves as Investors Bank’s retail lending production arm throughout the branch network.

•Investors Investment Corp. Investors Savings Investment Corp. is a New Jersey corporation that was formed in 2004 as an investment company subsidiary. The purpose of this subsidiary is to invest in securities such as, but not limited to, U.S. Treasury obligations, mortgage-backed securities, certificates of deposit, mutual funds, and equity securities, subject to certain limitations. This subsidiary was obtained in the acquisition of American Bancorp in May 2009.

•Investors Commercial, Inc. Investors Commercial, Inc. is a New Jersey corporation that was formed in 2010 as an operating subsidiary of Investors Bank. The purpose of this subsidiary is to originate and purchase residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate and multi-family mortgage loans primarily in New York State.

•Investors Financial Group, Inc. Investors Financial Group, Inc. is a New Jersey corporation that was formed in 2011 as an operating subsidiary of Investors Bank. The primary purpose of this subsidiary is to process sales of non-deposit investment products through third party service providers to customers and consumers as may be referred by Investors Bank.

•My Way Development LLC. My Way Development LLC is a New Jersey single-member limited liability company formed in 2001 as a real estate holding company for Bank owned real estate.

•Marathon Realty Investors Inc. Marathon Realty Investors Inc. is a New York corporation established in 2006 and acquired in the merger with Marathon Banking Corporation in October 2012. Marathon Realty Investors Inc. operates, and is taxed, in a manner that enables it to qualify as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. As a result of this election, Marathon Realty Investors Inc. is not taxed at the corporate level on taxable income distributed to stockholders, provided that certain REIT qualification tests are met.

•Investors Financial Group Insurance Agency, Inc. Investors Financial Group Insurance Agency, Inc. is a New Jersey licensed insurance agency formed in 2016. The purpose of this subsidiary is to receive commissions relating to the sale of certain insurance products, including, but not limited to, life insurance, fixed annuities and indexed annuities.

Enterprise Risk Management Framework

Our Board of Directors oversees our risk management process, including the bank-wide approach to risk management, carried out by our management. Our Board approves the strategic plans and the policies that set standards for the nature and level of risk we are willing to assume. The Board receives reports on the management of critical risks and the effectiveness of risk management systems. While our full Board maintains the ultimate oversight responsibility for the risk management process, its committees, including Audit, Risk Oversight and Compensation committees, oversee risk in certain specified areas. The Risk Oversight Committee of the Board meets quarterly and provides independent oversight of all risk functions. Our Board has assigned responsibility to our Chief Risk Officer for maintaining the Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) framework to identify, assess, manage and mitigate risks in the execution of our strategic goals and objectives and ensure we operate in a safe and sound manner in accordance with the Board approved policies.

The Bank is continuing to enhance its risk management systems, policies and procedures and has added significant staffing and expertise in 2016. The Bank’s Management Risk Committee meets regularly and provides governance over risk policy and risk escalation. The ERM framework supports a culture that promotes proactive risk management by all Investors Bank Employees, a risk appetite framework, with defined risk tolerance limits, and risk governance with a three line of defense model to manage and oversee risk. In a three line of defense structure, each line of business and corporate function serve as the first line of defense and have responsibility for identifying, assessing, managing and mitigating risks in their area. Independent Risk Management serves as the second line of defense and is responsible for providing guidance, oversight and appropriate challenge to the first line of defense. Internal Audit serves as the third line of defense and ensures that appropriate risk management controls, processes and systems are in place and functioning effectively.

Table of Contents

Our ERM framework is consistent with common industry practices and regulatory guidance and is appropriate to our size, growth trajectory and the complexity of our business activities. The ERM Framework encompasses the following categories of risks; credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, price risk, operational risk, model risk, supplier risk, fraud risk, information security including cybersecurity, compliance risk, strategic risk, and reputational risk.

Personnel

As of December 31, 2016, we had 1,811 full-time employees and 18 part-time employees. The employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Supervision and Regulation

General

Investors Bank is a New Jersey-chartered savings bank, and its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) under the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). Investors Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the Commissioner of the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance (the “Commissioner”) as the issuer of its charter, and, as a non-member state chartered savings bank, by the FDIC as the deposit insurer and its primary federal regulator. Investors Bank must file reports with the Commissioner and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition, and it must obtain regulatory approval prior to entering into certain transactions, such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other depository institutions and opening or acquiring branch offices. The Commissioner and the FDIC each conduct periodic examinations to assess Investors Bank’s compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which a savings bank may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the DIF and its depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes.

As a bank holding company controlling Investors Bank, Investors Bancorp, Inc. is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”), and the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA and to the provisions of the New Jersey Banking Act of 1948 (the “New Jersey Banking Act”) and the regulations of the Commissioner under the New Jersey Banking Act applicable to bank holding companies. Investors Bancorp, Inc. is required to file reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of, the Federal Reserve Board, the Commissioner and the FDIC. The Federal Reserve Board and the Commissioner conduct periodic examinations to assess the Company’s compliance with various regulatory requirements. Investors Bancorp, Inc. files certain reports with, and otherwise complies with, the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws and the listing requirements of NASDAQ.

Any change in such laws and regulations, whether by the Commissioner, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on Investors Bank and Investors Bancorp, Inc. and their operations and stockholders.

We are unable to predict these future changes or the effects, if any, that these changes could have on the business, revenues, and results of Investors Bank and its subsidiaries.

The federal government has recently implemented and announced programs designed to bolster the capital of U.S. banks. Some of these programs have, and any future programs may, impose additional rules and regulations on us, some of which may affect the way we conduct our business and/or limit our ability to compete effectively.

Federal and state banking laws also require us to take steps to protect consumers. Bank regulatory agencies are increasingly focusing attention on compliance with consumer protection laws and regulations. These laws include disclosures regarding truth in lending, truth in savings and funds availability under various statutes and regulations, privacy protection under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, and prohibitions on discrimination in the provision of banking services. In addition, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) is responsible for interpreting and enforcing a broad range of consumer protection laws governing the provision of deposit accounts and the making of loans, including the regulation of mortgage lending and servicing. For further discussion on consumer protection and the role of the CFPB, see “Dodd-Frank Act.”

We have incurred and may in the future incur additional costs in complying with these requirements.

Dodd-Frank Act

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), signed into law on July 21, 2010, made extensive changes to the laws regulating financial services firms. The Dodd-Frank Act also required significant

Table of Contents

rulemaking and mandated multiple studies that have resulted and are likely to continue to result in additional legislative and regulatory actions that will impact the operations of the Bank. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, federal bank regulatory agencies are required to draft and implement enhanced supervision, examination and capital and liquidity standards for depository institutions. The capital provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act include, among other things, changes to capital, leverage limits and limitations on the use of hybrid capital instruments. The Dodd-Frank Act also imposed new restrictions on investments and other activities by depository institutions, particularly with respect to derivatives activities and proprietary trading. The Dodd-Frank Act also gave federal bank regulatory agencies, such as the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, additional latitude to monitor the systemic safety of the financial system and take responsive action, which could include imposing restrictions on the business activities of the Bank. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act authorized the federal regulators to impose various new assessments and fees, which could increase the Bank’s operational costs.

The Dodd-Frank Act required banks with total consolidated assets of more than $10 billion to conduct annual stress tests. The Dodd-Frank Act also required the FDIC, in coordination with federal financial regulatory agencies, to issue regulations establishing methodologies for stress testing that provide for at least three different sets of conditions, including baseline, adverse, and severely adverse. The regulations also require banks to publish a summary of the results of the stress tests. In October 2012, the FDIC issued a final rule regarding annual stress tests requiring a bank subject to the rule to assess the quarterly impact of stress scenarios on the bank’s capital over a horizon of nine quarters.

The Bank has developed a repeatable and comprehensive process to comply with the stress testing requirements, which involves the Board of Directors, Senior Management and Risk Management, along with third-party consultants who assist in this process. The Board of Directors receives regular updates as to the progress and challenges in complying with this regulatory requirement. The Bank submitted its stress tests results by July 31, 2016, as required, and published updated stress test results on October 25, 2016. The stress testing results affirmed the adequacy of the Bank’s capital, even under severe economic conditions. As the related methodologies and best practices for banks of Investors’ size continue to evolve, the stress testing process requires significant investment and we continue to seek ways to maximize shareholder value from the process while complying with regulatory requirements.

In addition, in December 2013 federal regulators adopted a final rule implementing the “Volcker Rule” enacted as part of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Volcker Rule prohibits (subject to certain exceptions) banks and their affiliates from engaging in short-term proprietary trading in securities and derivatives and from investing in and sponsoring certain unregistered investment companies (including not only such entities as hedge funds, commodity pools and private equity funds, but also a range of asset securitization structures that do not meet exemptive criteria in the final rules). The rules also require banks to develop compliance and control programs, including board of directors' oversight, appropriate for the size of the bank and the types and complexity of its activities. Investors Bank has complied with the provisions of the Volcker Rule and has developed a governance and control program to ensure appropriate oversight and on-going compliance.

All federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts were repealed as part of the Dodd-Frank Act. As a result, beginning on July 21, 2011, financial institutions could commence offering interest on demand deposits to compete for clients.

Our interest expense will increase and our net interest margin will decrease if we have to offer higher rates of interest than we currently offer on demand deposits to attract additional clients or maintain current clients, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Thus far, the change has not had a meaningful effect on our business.

The Dodd-Frank Act also established the new federal CFPB. This agency is responsible for interpreting and enforcing a broad range of consumer protection laws (“Federal Consumer Financial Laws”) that govern the provision of deposit accounts and the making of loans, including the regulation of mortgage lending and servicing. This includes laws such as the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, and the Fair Credit Reporting Act. In 2012, the CFPB proposed an integrated disclosure in connection with mortgage origination that incorporates disclosure requirements under the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the Truth-in-Lending Act. The CFPB issued a final rule regarding the integrated disclosure in December 2013, and the disclosure requirement became effective in October 2015.

In accordance with deadlines set by the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB issued final rules in January 2013 related to new mortgage servicing standards, and mortgage lending requirements that establish a “qualified mortgage” which will fulfill the Dodd-Frank Act requirement that mortgages be provided to borrowers with an ability to repay. These mortgage servicing and lending rules became effective in January 2014. These and other CFPB regulations will increase the Bank’s compliance expenses, and limit the terms under which the Bank can provide consumer financial products.

Table of Contents

Additionally the CFPB has the authority to take enforcement action against banks and other financial services companies that fail to satisfy the standards imposed by it. As an insured depository institution with total assets of more than $10 billion, the Bank is subject to CFPB supervision and examination of compliance with Federal Consumer Financial Laws. The Dodd-Frank Act also permits states to adopt stricter consumer protection laws and state attorneys general to enforce consumer protection rules issued by the CFPB. As a result of these aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Bank is operating in a consumer compliance environment that will be far less certain. Therefore, the Bank is likely to incur additional costs related to consumer protection compliance, including but not limited to potential costs associated with CFPB examinations, regulatory and enforcement actions and consumer-oriented litigation, which is likely to continue to increase as a result of the consumer protection provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.

In addition to creating the CFPB, the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, directed changes in the way that institutions are assessed for deposit insurance, mandated the imposition of tougher consolidated capital requirements on holding companies, required originators of securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for the transferred loans, imposed regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees, repealed restrictions on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposits and required reforms related to mortgage originations. At this time, it continues to be difficult to predict the full extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act or the resulting regulations will impact the Bank’s business. However, compliance with certain of these new laws and regulations could result in restraints on, and additional costs to, our business. It is also difficult to predict the continuing impact the Dodd-Frank Act will have on our competitors and on the financial services industry as a whole. In addition to the continuing legislative and regulatory initiatives described above, competitive and industry factors could also adversely impact our results, the cost of our operations, our financial condition and our liquidity.

New Jersey Banking Regulation

Activity Powers. Investors Bank derives its lending, investment and other powers primarily from the applicable provisions of the New Jersey Banking Act and its related regulations. Under these laws and regulations, savings banks, including Investors Bank, generally may invest in:


•	real estate mortgages;


•	consumer and commercial loans;


•	specific types of debt securities, including certain corporate debt securities and obligations of federal, state and local governments and agencies;


•	certain types of corporate equity securities; and


•	certain other assets.

A savings bank may also make investments pursuant to a “leeway” power, which permits investments not otherwise permitted by the New Jersey Banking Act, subject to certain restrictions imposed by the FDIC. “Leeway” investments must comply with a number of limitations on the individual and aggregate amounts of “leeway” investments. A savings bank may also exercise trust powers upon approval of the Commissioner. Lastly, New Jersey savings banks may exercise those powers, rights, benefits or privileges authorized for national banks or out-of-state banks or for federal or out-of-state savings banks or savings associations, provided that before exercising any such power, right, benefit or privilege, prior approval by the Commissioner by regulation or by specific authorization is required. The exercise of these lending, investment and activity powers are limited by federal law and the related regulations. See “Federal Banking Regulation — Activity Restrictions on State-Chartered Banks” below.

Loans-to-One-Borrower Limitations. With certain specified exceptions, a New Jersey-chartered savings bank may not make loans or extend credit to a single borrower or to entities related to the borrower in an aggregate amount that would exceed 15% of the bank’s capital funds. A savings bank may lend an additional 10% of the bank’s capital funds if secured by collateral meeting the requirements of the New Jersey Banking Act and the National Bank Act. Investors Bank currently complies with applicable loans-to-one-borrower limitations.

Dividends. Under the New Jersey Banking Act, a stock savings bank may declare and pay a dividend on its capital stock only to the extent that the payment of the dividend would not impair the capital stock of the savings bank. In addition, a stock savings bank may not pay a dividend unless the savings bank would, after the payment of the dividend, have a surplus of not less than 50% of its capital stock, or alternatively, the payment of the dividend would not reduce the surplus. Federal law may also limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by Investors Bank. See “— Federal Banking Regulation — Prompt Corrective Action” below.

Minimum Capital Requirements. Regulations of the Commissioner impose on New Jersey-chartered depository institutions, including Investors Bank, minimum capital requirements similar to those imposed on insured state banks. See “— Federal Banking Regulation — Capital Requirements” below.

Table of Contents

Examination and Enforcement. The New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance may examine Investors Bank whenever it deems an examination advisable. The Department examines Investors Bank at least once every two years. The Commissioner may order any savings bank to discontinue any violation of law or unsafe or unsound business practice, and may direct any director, officer, attorney or employee of a savings bank engaged in an objectionable activity, after the Commissioner has ordered the activity to be terminated, to show cause at a hearing before the Commissioner why such person should not be removed. The Commissioner may also seek the appointment of receiver or conservator for a New Jersey saving bank under certain conditions.

Federal Banking Regulation

Capital Requirements. Federal regulations require FDIC-insured depository institutions to meet several minimum capital standards: a common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 6.0%, a total capital to risk-based assets of 8%, and a 4% Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio. The existing capital requirements were effective January 1, 2015 and are the result of a final rule implementing regulatory amendments based on recommendations of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.

For the purposes of the capital standards, common equity Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common stockholders’ equity and retained earnings. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common equity Tier 1 and additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital includes certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Total capital includes Tier 1 capital (common equity Tier 1 capital plus additional Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital is comprised of capital instruments and related surplus, meeting specified requirements, and may include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and subordinated debt. Also included in Tier 2 capital is the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and, for institutions that have exercised an opt-out election regarding the treatment of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Institutions that have not exercised the AOCI opt-out have AOCI incorporated into common equity Tier 1 capital (including unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale-securities). Calculation of all types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations.

In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of calculating risk-based capital ratios, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets (e.g., recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests) are multiplied by a risk weight factor assigned by the regulations based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk. For example, a risk weight of 0% is assigned to cash and U.S. government securities, a risk weight of 50% is generally assigned to prudently underwritten first lien one to four- family residential mortgages, a risk weight of 100% is assigned to commercial and consumer loans, a risk weight of 150% is assigned to certain past due loans and a risk weight of between 0% to 600% is assigned to permissible equity interests, depending on certain specified factors.

In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted asset above the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement is being phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increasing each year until fully implemented at 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the FDIC takes into consideration, not only these numeric factors, but qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where deemed necessary.

The federal banking agencies, including the FDIC, have also adopted regulations to require an assessment of an institution’s exposure to declines in the economic value of a bank’s capital due to changes in interest rates when assessing the bank’s capital adequacy. Under such a risk assessment, examiners evaluate a bank’s capital for interest rate risk on a case-by-case basis, with consideration of both quantitative and qualitative factors. Institutions with significant interest rate risk may be required to hold additional capital. According to the agencies, applicable considerations include:


•	the quality of the bank’s interest rate risk management process;


•	the overall financial condition of the bank; and


•	the level of other risks at the bank for which capital is needed.

Table of Contents

The following table shows the Bank and the Company's Tier 1 leverage ratio, Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital and Total risk-based capital ratios as of December 31, 2016:



	As of December 31, 2016 (1)
	Amount		Ratio
	(Dollars in thousands)
Bank:
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio	$	2,736,173	12.03	%
Common Equity Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital	2,736,173		14.75
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital	2,736,173		14.75
Total Risk-Based Capital	2,965,720		15.99

Investors Bancorp, Inc.:
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio	$	3,066,401	13.48	%
Common Equity Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital	3,066,401		16.52
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital	3,066,401		16.52
Total Risk-Based Capital	3,295,948		17.75


(1)	For purposes of calculating Tier 1 leverage ratio, assets are based on adjusted total average assets. In calculating Tier 1 risk-based capital and Total risk-based capital, assets are based on total risk-weighted assets.

As of December 31, 2016, both the Bank and the Company were considered “well capitalized” under applicable regulations.

Activity Restrictions on State-Chartered Banks. Federal law and FDIC regulations generally limit the activities and investments of state-chartered FDIC insured banks and their subsidiaries to those permissible for national banks and their subsidiaries, unless such activities and investments are specifically exempted by law or consented to by the FDIC.

Before making a new investment or engaging in a new activity that is not permissible for a national bank or otherwise permissible under federal law or FDIC regulations, an insured bank must seek approval from the FDIC to make such investment or engage in such activity. The FDIC will not approve the activity unless the bank meets its minimum capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity does not present a significant risk to the FDIC insurance funds. Certain activities of subsidiaries that are engaged in activities permitted for national banks only through a “financial subsidiary” are subject to additional restrictions.

Federal law permits a state-chartered savings bank to engage, through financial subsidiaries, in any activity in which a national bank may engage through a financial subsidiary and on substantially the same terms and conditions. In general, the law permits a national bank that is well-capitalized and well-managed to conduct, through a financial subsidiary, any activity permitted for a financial holding company other than insurance underwriting, insurance investments or real estate development or merchant banking. The total assets of all such financial subsidiaries may not exceed the lesser of 45% of the bank’s total assets or $50 billion. The bank must have policies and procedures to assess the financial subsidiary’s risk and protect the bank from such risk and potential liability, must not consolidate the financial subsidiary’s assets with the bank’s and must exclude from its own assets and equity all equity investments, including retained earnings, in the financial subsidiary. State-chartered savings banks may retain subsidiaries in existence as of March 11, 2000 and may engage in activities that are not authorized under federal law. Although Investors Bank meets all conditions necessary to establish and engage in permitted activities through financial subsidiaries, it has not chosen to engage in such activities.

Federal Home Loan Bank System. Investors Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system, which consists of the regional Federal Home Loan Banks, each subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”). The Federal Home Loan Banks provide a central credit facility primarily for member thrift institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. It is funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Banks make loans to members (i.e., advances) in accordance with policies and procedures, including collateral requirements, established by the respective Boards of Directors of the Federal Home Loan Banks. These policies and procedures are subject to the regulation and oversight of the FHFA. All long-term advances are required to provide funds for residential home financing. The FHFA has also established standards of community or investment service that members must meet to maintain access to such long-term advances.

Table of Contents

Investors Bank, as a member of the FHLB of New York is currently required to acquire and hold shares of FHLB Class B stock. The Class B stock has a par value of $100 per share and is redeemable upon five years notice, subject to certain conditions. The Class B stock has two subclasses, one for membership stock purchase requirements and the other for activity-based stock purchase requirements. The minimum stock investment requirement in the FHLB Class B stock is the sum of the membership stock purchase requirement, determined on an annual basis at the end of each calendar year, and the activity-based stock purchase requirement, determined on a daily basis. For Investors Bank, the membership stock purchase requirement is 0.15% of Mortgage-Related Assets, as defined by the FHLB, which consists principally of residential mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities, including CMOs, held by Investors Bank. The activity-based stock purchase requirement for Investors Bank is equal to the sum of: (1) 4.50% of outstanding borrowing from the FHLB; (2) 4.50% of the outstanding principal balance of Acquired Member Assets, as defined by the FHLB, and delivery commitments for Acquired Member Assets; (3) a specified dollar amount related to certain off-balance sheet items, which for Investors Bank is zero; and (4) a specified percentage ranging from 0% to 5% of the carrying value on the FHLB balance sheet of derivative contracts between the FHLB and its members, which for Investors Bank is also zero. The FHLB can adjust the specified percentages and dollar amount from time to time within the ranges established by the FHLB capital plan. At December 31, 2016, the amount of FHLB stock held by Investors Bank satisfies these requirements.

Safety and Soundness Standards. Pursuant to the requirements of FDICIA, as amended by the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994, each federal banking agency, including the FDIC, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to matters such as internal controls, information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal stockholder.

In addition, the FDIC adopted regulations to require a savings bank that is given notice by the FDIC that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan to the FDIC. If, after being so notified, a savings bank fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an accepted compliance plan, the FDIC may issue an order directing corrective and other actions of the types to which a significantly undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of FDICIA. If a savings bank fails to comply with such an order, the FDIC may seek to enforce such an order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil monetary penalties.

Enforcement. The FDIC has extensive enforcement authority over insured savings banks, including Investors Bank. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist orders and to remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and to unsafe or unsound practices.

Prompt Corrective Action. Federal law establishes a prompt corrective action framework to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. The FDIC has adopted regulations to implement the prompt corrective action legislation. Those regulations were amended effective January 1, 2015 to incorporate the previously mentioned increased regulatory capital standards that were effective on the same date. An institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 6.5% or greater. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 4.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 4.5%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 3.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.

Generally a receiver or conservator must be appointed for an institution that is “critically "undercapitalized” within specific time frames. The regulations also provide that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the FDIC within 45 days of the date a savings bank receives notice that it is undercapitalized,” “significantly "undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” Various restrictions, such as restrictions on capital distributions and growth, also apply to “undercapitalized” institutions. The FDIC may also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.

Investors Bank was classified as “well-capitalized” under the prompt corrective action framework as of December 31, 2016.

Table of Contents

Liquidity. Investors Bank maintains sufficient liquidity to ensure its safe and sound operation, in accordance with FDIC regulations.

Deposit Insurance. Investors Bank is a member of the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC. Deposit accounts in Investors Bank are insured by the FDIC, up to a maximum of $250,000 for each separately insured depositor.

The FDIC imposes an assessment for deposit insurance against all insured depository institutions. Each institution’s assessment is based on the perceived risk to the insurance fund of the institution, with institutions deemed riskiest paying higher assessments. The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to revise its procedures to base assessments on average total assets less tangible capital, rather than deposits. The FDIC issued a final rule which implemented that directive effective April 1, 2011 and adjusted its assessment schedule so that it now ranges from 2.5 basis points to 45 basis points of average total assets less tangible capital. At the same time, the FDIC adopted a more comprehensive approach to evaluating, for assessment purposes, the risk presented by larger institutions such as Investors Bank. Small banks are assessed based on a risk classification determined by examination ratings, financial ratios and certain specified adjustments. However, beginning in 2011, large institutions (i.e., $10 billion more in assets) became subject to assessment based upon a more detailed scorecard approach involving (i) a performance score determined using forward-looking risk measures, including certain stress testing, and (ii) a loss severity score, which is designed to measure, based on modeling, potential loss to the FDIC insurance fund if the institution failed. The total score is converted to an assessment rate, subject to certain adjustments, with institutions deemed riskier paying higher assessments. In October 2012, the FDIC issued a final rule, effective March 1, 2013, which clarified and refined its large bank assessment formula. In October 2015, the FDIC issued a proposed rule that would impose an annual 4.5 basis point surcharge on institutions with assets of $10 billion or more. The surcharge would exist until the Deposit Insurance Fund ratio reaches 1.35% (which the FDIC estimates as eight calendar quarters). This rule became effective July 1, 2016 and implements a requirement of the Dodd-Frank Act that institutions with assets of $10 billion or more be responsible for increasing the Deposit Insurance Fund reserve ratio from 1.15% to 1.35%.

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We are not currently aware of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2016, the annualized Financing Corporation assessment was equal to 0.56 basis points of total average assets less tangible capital.

Transactions with Affiliates of Investors Bank. Transactions between an insured bank, such as Investors Bank, and any of its affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and implementing regulations. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. Generally, a subsidiary of a bank that is not also a depository institution or financial subsidiary is not treated as an affiliate of the bank for purposes of Sections 23A and 23B.

Section 23A:


•	limits the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such bank’s capital stock and retained earnings, and limits all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and retained earnings; and


•	requires that all such transactions be on terms that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices.

The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of guarantees and other similar types of transactions. Further, most loans by a bank to any of its affiliates must be secured by collateral in amounts ranging from 100% to 130% of the loan amounts. In addition, any covered transaction by a bank with an affiliate and any purchase of assets or services by a bank from an affiliate must be on terms that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank, as those that would be provided to a non-affiliate.

Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements. Banks are subject to the prohibitions of 12 U.S.C. Section 1972 on certain tying arrangements. A depository institution is prohibited, subject to specific exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.

Table of Contents

Privacy Standards. FDIC regulations require Investors Bank to disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares “non-public personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter.

Investors Bank is also required to provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having Investors Bank share their non-public personal information with unaffiliated third parties before it can disclose such information, subject to certain exceptions.

In addition, in accordance with the Fair Credit Reporting Act, Investors Bank must provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having Investors Bank share their non-public personal information for marketing purposes with an affiliate or subsidiary before it can disclose such information.

The FDIC and other federal banking agencies adopted guidelines establishing standards for safeguarding customer information. The guidelines describe the agencies’ expectations for the creation, implementation and maintenance of an information security program, which includes administrative, technical and physical safeguards appropriate to the size and complexity of the institution and the nature and scope of its activities. The standards set forth in the guidelines are intended to insure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information, protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such records and protect against unauthorized access to or use of such records or information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer.

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. All FDIC-insured institutions have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) and related regulations to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income individuals and neighborhoods. In connection with its examination of a state chartered savings bank, the FDIC is required to assess the institution’s record of compliance with the CRA. Among other things, the current CRA regulations rates an institution based on its actual performance in meeting community needs. In particular, the current evaluation system focuses on three tests:


•	a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its service areas;


•	an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and/or census tracts and businesses; and


•	a service test, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices.

An institution’s failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on its activities. Investors Bank received a “satisfactory” CRA rating in our most recent publicly-available federal evaluation, which was conducted by the FDIC in August 2014.

In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the FDIC, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice.

Loans to a Bank’s Insiders

Federal Regulation. A bank’s loans to its insiders — executive officers, directors, principal shareholders (any owner of 10% or more of its stock) and any of certain entities affiliated with any such persons (an insider’s related interest) are subject to the conditions and limitations imposed by Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing regulations. Under these restrictions, the aggregate amount of the loans to any insider and the insider’s related interests may not exceed the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to national banks, which is comparable to the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to Investors Bank. See “— New Jersey Banking Regulation — Loans-to-One Borrower Limitations.” All loans by a bank to all insiders and insiders’ related interests in the aggregate may not exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. With certain exceptions, loans to an executive officer, other than loans for the education of the officer’s children and certain loans secured by the officer’s residence, may not exceed the lesser of (1) $100,000 or (2) the greater of $25,000 or 2.5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Federal regulation also requires that any proposed loan to an insider or a related interest of that insider be approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the bank, with any interested directors not participating in the voting, if such loan, when aggregated with any existing loans to that insider and the insider’s related interests, would exceed either (1) $500,000 or (2) the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus.

Generally, loans to insiders must be made on substantially the same terms as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those that are prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons. An exception is made for extensions of credit made pursuant to a benefit or compensation plan of a bank that is widely available to employees of the bank and that does not give any preference to insiders of the bank over other employees of the bank.

Table of Contents

In addition, federal law prohibits extensions of credit to a bank’s insiders and their related interests by any other institution that has a correspondent banking relationship with the bank, unless such extension of credit is on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and does not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.

Extensions of credit to a savings bank’s executive officers are subject to specific limits based on the type of loans involved. Generally, loans are limited to $100,000, except for a mortgage loan secured by the officer’s primary residence and education loans for the officer’s children.

New Jersey Regulation. The New Jersey Banking Act imposes conditions and limitations on loans and extensions of credit to directors and executive officers of a savings bank and to corporations and partnerships controlled by such persons, which are comparable in many respects to the conditions and limitations imposed on the loans and extensions of credit to insiders and their related interests under federal law, as discussed above. The New Jersey Banking Act also provides that a savings bank that is in compliance with federal law is deemed to be in compliance with such provisions of the New Jersey Banking Act.

Federal Reserve System

Under Federal Reserve Board regulations, Investors Bank is required to maintain non-interest earning reserves against its transaction accounts. The Federal Reserve Board regulations generally require that reserves of 3% must be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts over $15.5 million and up to $115.1 million, and 10% against that portion of total transaction accounts in excess of up to $115.1 million. The first $15.5 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempted from the reserve requirements. Investors Bank is in compliance with these requirements. These requirements are adjusted annually by the Federal Reserve Board. Required reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash and/or an interest bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank; or a pass-through account as defined by the Federal Reserve Board.

Anti-Money Laundering and Customer Identification

Investors Bank is subject to FDIC regulations implementing the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or the USA PATRIOT Act. The USA PATRIOT Act gives the federal government powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act contains measures intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory and law enforcement agencies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act.

Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act and the related FDIC regulations require the:


•	Establishment of anti-money laundering compliance programs that includes policies, procedures, and internal controls; the appointment of an anti-money laundering compliance officer; an effective training program; and independent testing;


•	Making of certain reports to FinCEN and law enforcement that are designated to assist in the detection and prevention of money laundering and terrorist financing activities;


•	Establishment of a program specifying procedures for obtaining and maintaining certain records from customers seeking to open new accounts, including verifying the identity of customers within a reasonable period of time;


•	Establishment of enhanced due diligence policies, procedures and controls designed to detect and report money-laundering, terrorist financing and other suspicious activity;


•	Monitoring account activity for suspicious transactions; and


•	Impose a heightened level of review for certain high risk customers or accounts.

The USA PATRIOT Act also includes prohibitions on correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks and requires compliance with record keeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks. Bank regulators are directed to consider a holding company’s effectiveness in combating money laundering when ruling on Federal Reserve Act and Bank Merger Act applications.

Table of Contents

The bank regulatory agencies have increased the regulatory scrutiny of the Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering programs maintained by financial institutions. Significant penalties and fines, as well as other supervisory orders may be imposed on a financial institution for non-compliance with these requirements. In addition, the federal bank regulatory agencies must consider the effectiveness of financial institutions engaging in a merger transaction in combating money laundering activities. Investors Bank has adopted policies and procedures to comply with these requirements.

On August 12, 2016, Investors Bank agreed to enter into an informal agreement (“Informal Agreement”) with the FDIC and the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance (“NJDOBI”) with regard to Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) and Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”) compliance matters. Investors Bank agreed to; 1) develop, adopt and implement a system of internal controls designed to ensure full compliance with BSA; 2) conduct a comprehensive validation of Investors Bank’s BSA/AML automated compliance system; and 3) develop, adopt and implement effective training programs relating to BSA. Investors Bank also agreed to review certain transactions and accounts for BSA and AML compliance and to establish a Compliance Committee of the Board. Numerous actions have been taken or commenced by Investors Bank to strengthen its BSA and AML compliance practices, policies, procedures and controls. Investors Bank has enhanced its risk management and compliance programs through restructured reporting lines, improved technology and increased staff, including hiring senior personnel.

Holding Company Regulation

Federal Regulation. Bank holding companies, including Investors Bancorp, Inc., are subject to examination, regulation and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act, as administered by the Federal Reserve Board. Federal Reserve Board regulations imposed consolidated capital adequacy requirements on bank holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act required the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the inclusion of certain instruments from tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities, that were previously includable for bank holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act grandfathered instruments issued prior to May 19, 2010 by mutual holding companies and all bank holding companies of less than $15 billion in assets. The previously referenced final rules on regulatory capital, effective January 1, 2015, implemented the Dodd-Frank Act directive. The capital requirements applicable to Investors Bancorp, Inc. are now identical to those applying to the Bank. As of December 31, 2016, Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s regulatory capital ratios exceeded these minimum capital requirements. See “Federal Banking Regulation - Capital Requirements.”

Regulations of the Federal Reserve Board provide that a bank holding company must serve as a source of strength to any of its subsidiary banks and must not conduct its activities in an unsafe or unsound manner. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength policy. Under the prompt corrective action provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, a bank holding company parent of an undercapitalized subsidiary bank would be directed to guarantee, within limitations, the capital restoration plan that is required of an undercapitalized bank. See “— Federal Banking Regulation — Prompt Corrective Action.” If an undercapitalized bank fails to file an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to implement an accepted plan, the Federal Reserve Board may prohibit the bank holding company parent of the undercapitalized bank from paying any dividend or making any other form of capital distribution without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

In addition, Federal Reserve Board guidance sets forth the supervisory expectation that bank holding companies will inform and consult with Federal Reserve Board staff in advance of issuing a dividend that exceeds earnings for the quarter and should inform the Federal Reserve Board and should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce dividends if (i) net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (ii) prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with the bank holding company's capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition, or (iii) the bank holding company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios.

A bank holding company is required to provide the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, would be equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order or directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. Such notice and approval is not required for a bank holding company that is as “well capitalized” under applicable regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, that has received a composite “1” or “2” rating, as well as a “satisfactory” rating for management, at its most recent bank holding company examination by the Federal Reserve Board, and that is not the subject of any unresolved supervisory issues.

As a bank holding company, Investors Bancorp is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. Prior Federal Reserve Board approval is also

Table of Contents

required for Investors Bancorp to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if, after giving effect to such acquisition, it would, directly or indirectly, own or control more than 5% of any class of voting shares of such bank or bank holding company.

In addition, a bank holding company that does not elect to be a financial holding company under federal regulations is generally prohibited from engaging in, or acquiring direct or indirect control of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities found by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks. Some of the principal activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be closely related to banking are:


•	making or servicing loans;


•	performing certain data processing services;


•	providing discount brokerage services; or acting as fiduciary, investment or financial advisor;


•	leasing personal or real property;


•	making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and


•	acquiring a savings and loan association.

A bank holding company that elects to be a financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature or incident to activities which are financial in nature. Investors Bancorp, Inc. has not elected to be a financial holding company, although it may seek to do so in the future. A bank holding company may elect to become a financial holding company if:


•	each of its depository institution subsidiaries is “well capitalized”


•	each of its depository institution subsidiaries is “well managed”


•	each of its depository institution subsidiaries has at least a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating at its most recent examination; and


•	the bank holding company has filed a certification with the Federal Reserve Board stating that it elects to become a financial holding company.

Under federal law, depository institutions are liable to the FDIC for losses suffered or anticipated by the FDIC in connection with the default of a commonly controlled depository institution, or for any assistance provided by the FDIC to such an institution in danger of default. This law would potentially be applicable to Investors Bancorp, Inc. if it ever acquired as a separate subsidiary a depository institution in addition to Investors Bank.

The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, as amended by Section 613 of the Dodd-Frank Act, regulates interstate banking activities by establishing a framework for nationwide interstate banking and branching. As amended, this interstate banking and branching authority generally permits a bank in one state to establish a de novo branch at a location in another host state if state banks chartered in such host state would also be permitted to establish a branch at that location in the state. Under these amendments, Investors Bank is permitted to establish branch offices in other states in addition to its existing New Jersey and New York branch offices.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 eliminated most of the barriers to affiliations among banks, securities firms, insurance companies, and other financial companies previously imposed under federal banking laws if certain criteria are satisfied. Certain subsidiaries of well-capitalized and well-managed banks may be treated as “financial subsidiaries,” which are generally permitted to engage in activities that are financial in nature, including securities underwriting, dealing, and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies, and other activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be closely related to banking.

New Jersey Regulation. Under the New Jersey Banking Act, a company owning or controlling a savings bank is regulated as a bank holding company. The New Jersey Banking Act defines the terms “company” and “bank holding company” as such terms are defined under the BHCA. Each bank holding company controlling a New Jersey-chartered bank or savings bank must file certain reports with the Commissioner and is subject to examination by the Commissioner.

Acquisition of Investors Bancorp, Inc. Under federal law and under the New Jersey Banking Act, no person may acquire control of Investors Bancorp, Inc. or Investors Bank without first obtaining approval of such acquisition of control by the Federal Reserve Board and the Commissioner. See “Restrictions on the Acquisition of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and Investors Bank.”

Federal Securities Laws. Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Investors Bancorp, Inc. is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Table of Contents

Investors Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by persons who are affiliates (generally officers, directors and principal stockholders) of Investors Bancorp, Inc. may not be resold without registration or unless sold in accordance with certain resale restrictions. If Investors Bancorp, Inc. meets specified current public information requirements, each affiliate of Investors Bancorp, Inc. is able to sell in the public market, without registration, a limited number of shares in any three-month period.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 was enacted to address, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information.

As directed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are required to certify that our quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The rules adopted by the SEC under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have several requirements, including having these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; they have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors about our internal control over financial reporting; and they have included information in our quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been changes in our internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially affect internal control over financial reporting.

We have existing policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations.

Taxation

Federal Taxation

General. Investors Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. Investors Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s federal tax returns are not currently under audit. The Internal Revenue Service completed its examination of the Company's 2013 and 2014 federal tax returns in 2016. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Investors Bancorp, Inc. or its subsidiaries.

Method of Accounting. For federal income tax purposes, Investors Bancorp, Inc. currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending December 31 for filing its federal and state income tax returns.

Bad Debt Reserves. Historically, Investors Bank was subject to special provisions in the tax law regarding allowable bad debt tax deductions and related reserves. Tax law changes were enacted in 1996 pursuant to the Small Business Protection Act of 1996 (the “1996 Act”), which eliminated the use of the percentage of taxable income method for tax years after 1995 and required recapture into taxable income over a six-year period of all bad debt reserves accumulated after 1987. Investors Bank has fully recaptured its post-1987 reserve balance. Currently, Investors Bank uses the specific charge off method to account for bad debt deductions for income tax purposes.

Taxable Distributions and Recapture. Prior to the 1996 Act, bad debt reserves created prior to January 1, 1988 (pre-base year reserves) were subject to recapture into taxable income if Investors Bank failed to meet certain thrift asset and definitional tests. As a result of the 1996 Act, bad debt reserves accumulated after 1987 are required to be recaptured into income over a six-year period. However, all pre-base year reserves are subject to recapture if Investors Bank makes certain non-dividend distributions, repurchases any of its stock, pays dividends in excess of tax earnings and profits, or ceases to maintain a bank charter. At December 31, 2016, Investors Bank's total federal pre-base year reserve was approximately $45.2 million.

Alternative Minimum Tax. The Internal Revenue Code imposes an alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences (“alternative minimum taxable income” or “AMTI”). The AMT is payable to the extent such AMTI is in excess of an exemption amount and the AMT exceeds the regular income tax. Net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of AMTI. Certain payments of AMT may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. Investors Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries have not been subject to the AMT and have no such amounts available as credits for carryover.

Net Operating Loss Carryovers. A corporation may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. On May 7, 2014, the second step conversion was completed. The new consolidated group resulting from the second step has the ability to carry back claims normally allowed under federal tax law to the old consolidated group. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had total federal net operating loss carryforwards of $7.1 million related to prior acquisitions.

Table of Contents

Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction. Investors Bancorp, Inc. may exclude from its federal taxable income 100% of dividends received from Investors Bank as a wholly owned subsidiary. The corporate dividends-received deduction is 80% when the dividend is received from a corporation having at least 20% of its stock owned by the recipient corporation. A 70% dividends-received deduction is available for dividends received from a corporation having less than 20% of its stock owned by the recipient corporation.

State Taxation

New Jersey State Taxation. Investors Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries file separate New Jersey corporate business tax returns on an unconsolidated basis. Generally, the income of savings institutions in New Jersey, which is calculated based on federal taxable income, subject to certain adjustments, is subject to New Jersey tax.

Investors Bancorp, Inc. is required to file a New Jersey income tax return and is generally subject to a state income tax at a 9% rate. If Investors Bancorp, Inc. meets certain requirements, it may be eligible to elect to be taxed as a New Jersey Investment Company, which would allow it to be taxed at a rate of 3.6%. At December 31, 2016, Investors Bancorp, Inc. currently meets the eligibility requirements and therefore elects to be taxed as a New Jersey Investment Company.

New Jersey tax law does not and has not allowed for a taxpayer to file a tax return on a combined or consolidated basis with another member of the affiliated group where there is common ownership. However, under tax legislation, if the taxpayer cannot demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that the tax filing discloses the true earnings of the taxpayer on its business carried on in the State of New Jersey, the New Jersey Director of the Division of Taxation may, at the director’s discretion, require the taxpayer to file a consolidated return for the entire operations of the affiliated group or controlled group, including its own operations and income.

In connection with the Company’s second step conversion, a $20.0 million charitable contribution was made to the Investors Charitable Foundation, $10.0 million of which was made by Investors Bank and the remaining $10.0 million by Investors Bancorp, Inc. For Investors Bancorp, Inc., the excess contribution over the allowable deduction limit for the standalone entity may be carried forward to the succeeding 5 taxable years. Based on the entity’s standalone future state taxable income, a valuation allowance was established for the portion of the state tax benefit related to the contribution that is not more likely than not to be realized.

New York State Taxation. In 2014, New York State enacted significant and comprehensive reforms to its corporate tax system that went into effect January 1, 2015. The new legislation resulted in significant changes to the method of calculating income taxes for banks, including changes to future period tax rates, rules relating to the sourcing of income, and the elimination of the banking corporation tax so that banking corporations will now be taxed under the State’s corporate franchise tax. The corporate franchise tax is based on the combined entire net income of the Company and its affiliates allocable and apportionable to New York State and taxed at a rate of 6.5%. The amount of revenues that are sourced to New York State under the new legislation can be expected to fluctuate over time. In addition, the Company and its affiliates are subject to the Metropolitan Transportation Authority (“MTA”) Surcharge allocable to business activities carried on in the Metropolitan Commuter Transportation District. The MTA surcharge for 2016 was 28.0% of a recomputed New York State franchise tax, calculated using a 9% tax rate on allocated and apportioned entire net income. Investors Bank is currently under audit with respect to its New York State combined franchise tax return for tax years 2013 and 2014.

New York City Taxation. In 2015, New York City enacted provisions to its tax law to conform its corporate and banking tax laws to those of New York State, retroactive to January 1, 2015. The Company and its affiliates are subject to the new combined corporate tax for New York City calculated on a similar basis as the New York State franchise tax, subject to the New York City apportionment rules. While the majority of the Company’s entire net income is derived from outside of the New York City jurisdiction, the new sourcing rules enacted by the tax law provisions have increased the income apportioned to New York City and in turn, caused an increase to our effective tax rate.

Delaware State Taxation. As a Delaware holding company not earning income in Delaware, Investors Bancorp, Inc. is exempted from Delaware corporate income tax but is required to file annual returns and pay annual fees and an annual franchise tax to the State of Delaware.



ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS

The risks set forth below, in addition to the other risks described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition to the risks set forth below and the other risks described in this annual report, there may also be additional risks and uncertainties that are not currently known to us or that we currently deem to

Table of Contents

be immaterial that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. As a result, past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance, and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods. Further, to the extent that any of the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitutes forward-looking statements, the risk factors set forth below also are cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of us.

Because we intend to continue to increase our commercial originations, our credit risk will increase.

At December 31, 2016, our portfolio of multi-family, commercial real estate, C&I and construction loans totaled $13.50 billion, or 71.8% of our total loans. We intend to continue to increase our originations of multi-family, commercial real estate and C&I loans, which generally have more risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Since repayment of commercial loans depends on the successful management and operation of the borrower’s properties or related businesses, repayment of such loans can be affected by adverse conditions in the real estate market, local economy or the management of the business or property. In addition, our commercial borrowers may have more than one loan outstanding with us. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential mortgage loan. Because we plan to continue to increase our originations of these loans, it may be necessary to increase the level of our allowance for loan losses because of the increased risk characteristics associated with these types of loans. Any such increase to our allowance for loan losses would adversely affect our earnings.

If the bank regulators impose limitations on our commercial real estate lending activities, our earnings could be adversely affected.

In 2006, the FDIC, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (collectively, the “Agencies”) issued joint guidance entitled “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices” (the “CRE Guidance”). Although the CRE Guidance did not establish specific lending limits, it provides that a bank’s commercial real estate lending exposure may receive increased supervisory scrutiny where total non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans, including loans secured by apartment buildings, investor commercial real estate and construction and land loans, represent 300% or more of an institution’s total risk-based capital and the outstanding balance of the commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the preceding 36 months. Our level of non-owner occupied commercial real estate equaled 386% of Bank total risk-based capital at December 31, 2016.

In December 2015, the Agencies released a new statement on prudent risk management for commercial real estate lending (the “2015 Statement”). In the 2015 Statement, the Agencies express concerns about easing commercial real estate underwriting standards, direct financial institutions to maintain underwriting discipline and exercise risk management practices to identify, measure and monitor lending risks, and indicate that the Agencies will continue “to pay special attention” to commercial real estate lending activities and concentrations going forward. If the FDIC, the Bank's primary federal regulator were to impose restrictions on the amount of commercial real estate loans we can hold in our portfolio, or require higher capital ratios as a result of the level of commercial real estate loans we hold, our earnings would be adversely affected.

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate economic conditions. If actual results differ significantly from our assumptions, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance. Material additions to our allowance would materially decrease our net income. Our allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2016 of $228.4 million was 1.21% of total loans and 220.18% of non-performing loans at such date.

In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. A material increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Table of Contents

Significant portions of our multi-family loan portfolio and commercial real estate portfolio and nearly all of our C&I loan portfolio are unseasoned. It is difficult to judge the future performance of unseasoned loans.

Our multi-family loan portfolio has increased to $7.46 billion at December 31, 2016 from $3.0 billion at December 31, 2012. Our commercial real estate portfolio has increased to $4.45 billion at December 31, 2016 from $1.97 billion at December 31, 2012. Our C&I loan portfolio has increased to $1.28 billion at December 31, 2016 from $169.3 million at December 31, 2012. Consequently, a large portion of our multi-family loans and commercial real estate loans and nearly all of our C&I loans are unseasoned. It is difficult to assess the future performance of these recently originated loans because of their relatively limited payment history from which to judge future collectability, especially in the economic environment since 2012. These loans may experience higher delinquency or charge-off levels than our historical loan portfolio experience, which could adversely affect our future performance.

Our liabilities reprice faster than our assets and future increases in interest rates will reduce our profits.

Our ability to make a profit largely depends on our net interest income, which could be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities; and the interest expense we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.

The interest income we earn on our assets and the interest expense we pay on our liabilities are generally fixed for a contractual period of time. Our liabilities generally have shorter contractual maturities than our assets. This imbalance can create significant earnings volatility, because market interest rates change over time. In a period of rising interest rates, the interest income earned on our assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest paid on our liabilities. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Management of Market Risk.”

In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the average life of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities. A reduction in interest rates causes increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities as borrowers refinance their debt to reduce their borrowing costs. This creates reinvestment risk, which is the risk that we may not be able to reinvest the funds from faster prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates we earned on the prepaid loans or securities. Conversely, an increase in interest rates generally reduces prepayments. Additionally, increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and/or make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable-rate loans.

Changes in interest rates also affect the current market value of our interest-earning securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities moves inversely with changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2016, the fair value of our total securities portfolio was $3.44 billion. Unrealized net losses on securities available-for-sale are reported as a separate component of equity. To the extent interest rates increase and the value of our available-for-sale portfolio decreases, our stockholders’ equity will be adversely affected.

We evaluate interest rate sensitivity using models that estimate the change in our net portfolio value over a range of interest rate scenarios. The economic value of equity analysis is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. At December 31, 2016, in the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, whereby rates increase evenly over a twelve-month period, and assuming management took no action to mitigate the effect of such change, the model projects that we would experience a 6.2% or $40.9 million decrease in net interest income and 11.5% or $550.7 million decrease in economic value of equity.

Historically low interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.

During the past several years it has been the policy of the Federal Reserve Board to maintain interest rates at historically low levels. As a result, market rates on the loans we have originated and the yields on securities we have purchased have been at lower levels than available prior to 2008. As a general matter, our interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets. However, our ability to lower our interest expense will be limited at these interest rate levels while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease. Accordingly, our net interest income may be adversely affected and may decrease, which may have an adverse effect on our future profitability.

We may not be able to continue to grow our business, which may adversely impact our results of operations.

Our total assets have grown from approximately $12.72 billion at December 31, 2012 to $23.17 billion at December 31, 2016. Our business strategy calls for continued growth. Our ability to continue to grow depends, in part, upon our ability to open new branch locations, successfully attract deposits, identify favorable loan and investment opportunities, and acquire other banks and non-bank entities. In the event that we do not continue to grow, our results of operations could be adversely impacted.

Table of Contents

Our ability to grow successfully will depend on whether we can continue to fund this growth while maintaining cost controls and asset quality, remain in good standing with our regulators, as well as on factors beyond our control, such as national and regional economic conditions and interest rate trends. If we are not able to control costs and maintain asset quality, such growth could adversely impact our earnings and financial condition.

Public funds deposits are an important source of funds for us and a reduced level of those deposits may hurt our profits.

Public funds deposits are a significant source of funds for our lending and investment activities. At December 31, 2016, $3.36 billion, or 22.0% of our total deposits, consisted of public funds deposits from local government entities, primarily domiciled in the state of New Jersey, such as school districts, hospital districts, sheriff departments and other municipalities, which are collateralized by letters of credit from the FHLB and investment securities. Given our use of these high-average balance public funds deposits as a source of funds, our inability to retain such funds could adversely affect our liquidity. Further, our public funds deposits are primarily demand deposit accounts or short-term time deposits and are therefore more sensitive to interest rate risks. If we are forced to pay higher rates on our public funds accounts to retain those funds, or if we are unable to retain such funds and we are forced to resort to other sources of funds for our lending and investment activities, such as borrowings from the FHLB, the interest expense associated with these other funding sources may be higher than the rates we are currently paying on our public funds deposits, which would adversely affect our net income.

We could be required to repurchase mortgage loans or indemnify mortgage loan purchasers due to breaches of representations and warranties, borrower fraud, or certain borrower defaults, which could have an adverse impact on our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

We sell into the secondary market a portion of the residential mortgage loans that we originate through our mortgage subsidiary, Investors Home Mortgage. The whole loan sale agreements we enter into in connection with such loan sales require us to repurchase or substitute mortgage loans in the event there is a breach of any of representations or warranties. In addition, we may be required to repurchase mortgage loans as a result of borrower fraud or in the event of early payment default of the borrower on a mortgage loan. We have established a reserve for estimated repurchase and indemnification obligations on the residential mortgage loans that we sell. We make various assumptions and judgments in determining this reserve. If our assumptions are incorrect, our reserve may not be sufficient to cover losses from repurchase and indemnification obligations related to our residential loans sold. Such event would have an adverse effect on our earnings.

FHLB funds are an important source of funding for the Company and a reduced level may have an adverse impact on our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

We borrow directly from the FHLB and various financial institutions. Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable interest rates. If we are unable to secure alternative funding or need to rely on more expensive funding sources, our operating margins, profitability and liquidity would be negatively impacted.

We may incur impairments to goodwill.

At December 31, 2016, we had approximately $77.6 million recorded as goodwill. We evaluate goodwill for impairment, at least annually. Significant negative industry or economic trends, including declines in the market price of our common stock, reduced estimates of future cash flows or disruptions to our business, could result in impairments to goodwill. Our valuation methodology for assessing impairment requires management to make judgments and assumptions based on historical experience and to rely on projections of future operating performance. We operate in competitive environments and projections of future operating results and cash flows may vary significantly from actual results. If our analysis results in impairment to goodwill, we would be required to record an impairment charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which such impairment is determined to exist. Any such change could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Table of Contents

We operate in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.

Investors Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the NJDBI, our chartering authority, by the FDIC, as insurer of our deposits, and by the CFPB, with respect to consumer protection laws. As a bank holding company, Investors Bancorp is subject to regulation and oversight by the Federal Reserve Board. Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which a bank and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the requirement for additional capital, the imposition of restrictions on our operations, restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and make other capital distributions to shareholders, the classification of our assets and the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, compliance and privacy issues (including anti-money laundering and Bank Secrecy Act Compliance) and approval of merger transactions. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation, could have a material impact on Investors Bank, Investors Bancorp and our operations.

The potential exists for additional Federal or state laws and regulations regarding capital requirements, lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and bank regulatory agencies are expected to remain active in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the potential issuance of formal enforcement orders. New laws, regulations, and other regulatory changes could increase our costs of regulatory compliance and of doing business, and otherwise affect our operations. New laws, regulations, and other regulatory changes, along with negative developments in the financial industry and the domestic and international credit markets, may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the markets for and value of our loans and investments, and our on-going operations, costs and profitability.

Investors Bank Entered Into an Informal Agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance.

A worsening of economic conditions could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Although the U.S. economy has emerged from the severe recession that occurred in 2008 and 2009, economic growth has been slow relative to prior post-recession periods despite the Federal Reserve Board’s unprecedented efforts to maintain low market interest rates and encourage economic growth. A return to prolonged deteriorating economic conditions could significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the value of our loans and investments, and our on-going operations, costs and profitability. Declines in real estate values and sales volumes and unemployment levels may result in greater loan delinquencies, increases in our nonperforming, criticized and classified assets and a decline in demand for our products and services. These events may cause us to incur losses and may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our inability to achieve profitability on new branches may negatively affect our earnings.

We have expanded our presence throughout our market area and we intend to pursue further expansion through de novo branching or the purchase of branches from other financial institutions. The profitability of our expansion strategy will depend on whether the income that we generate from the new branches will offset the increased expenses resulting from operating these branches. We expect that it may take a period of time before these branches can become profitable, especially in areas in which we do not have an established presence. During this period, the expense of operating these branches may negatively affect our net income.

Table of Contents

Growing by acquisition entails integration and certain other risks.

Although we have successfully integrated business acquisitions in recent years, failure to successfully integrate systems subsequent to the completion of any future acquisitions could have a material impact on the operations of Investors Bank.

Future acquisition activity could dilute book value.

Both nationally and in our region, the banking industry is undergoing consolidation marked by numerous mergers and acquisitions. From time to time we may be presented with opportunities to acquire institutions and/or bank branches and we may engage in discussions and negotiations. Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and trading values, and therefore, may result in the dilution of our book value per share.

The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, created the CFPB, tightened capital standards and will continue to result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act has significantly changed the current bank regulatory structure and affecting the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many years. However, it is expected that the legislation and implementing regulations will materially increase our operating and compliance costs.

The Dodd-Frank Act created the CFPB with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The CFPB has examination and enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets, such as Investors Bank. Banks with $10 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by their primary bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakens the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.

The Dodd-Frank Act required minimum leverage (Tier 1) and risk-based capital requirements for bank and savings and loan holding companies that are no less than those applicable to banks, which excludes (subject to certain grandfathering rules) certain instruments that previously have been eligible for inclusion by bank holding companies as Tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities. Regulations implementing this requirement were effective January 1, 2015.

Effective July 21, 2011, the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest bearing checking accounts, which could result in an increase in our interest expense.

The Dodd-Frank Act also broadened the base for FDIC deposit insurance assessments. Assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution, rather than deposits. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2009. The legislation also increased the required minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits, and directed the FDIC to offset the effects of increased assessments on depository institutions with less than $10 billion in assets.

The Dodd-Frank Act required publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments. It also provided that the listing standards of the national securities exchanges shall require listed companies to implement and disclose “clawback” policies mandating the recovery of incentive compensation paid to executive officers in connection with accounting restatements. The legislation also directed the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives.

Effective December 10, 2013, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, federal banking and securities regulators issued final rules to implement the Volcker Rule. Generally, subject to a transition period and certain exceptions, the Volcker Rule restricts insured depository institutions and their affiliated companies from engaging in short-term proprietary trading of certain securities, investing in funds with collateral comprised of less than 100% loans that are not registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and from engaging in hedging activities that do not hedge a specific identified risk. After the transition period, the Volcker Rule prohibitions and restrictions will apply to banking entities, including Investors Bancorp, unless an exception applies.

Table of Contents

We have become subject to more stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on equity, or constrain us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares.

In July 2013, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board approved a new rule, effective January 1, 2015, that substantially amended the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to Investors Bank and Investors Bancorp. The final rule implements the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

The final rule includes new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which became effective for Investors Bank and Investors Bancorp on January 1, 2015, and refines the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating these ratios. The new minimum capital requirements are: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 to risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4% under prior rules); (iii) a total capital to risk-based assets ratio of 8%; and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The final rule also establishes a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital, and will result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%; and (iii) a total capital to risk-based assets ratio of 10.5%. The required minimum capital conservation buffer will be phased in incrementally, starting at 0.625% on January 1, 2016 and increasing to 1.25% on January 1, 2017, 1.875% on January 1, 2018 and 2.5% on January 1, 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such actions.

The application of more stringent capital requirements for Investors Bank and Investors Bancorp could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions constraining us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements.

New regulations could restrict our ability to originate and sell mortgage loans.

The CFPB has issued a final rule which implements certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, which requires lenders to make a reasonable, good faith determination of a borrower's ability to repay a mortgage loan. Loans that meet this “qualified mortgage” definition will be presumed to have complied with the new ability-to-repay standard. Under the CFPB’s rule, a “qualified mortgage” loan must not contain certain specified features, including:


•	excessive upfront points and fees (those exceeding 3% of the total loan amount, less "bona fide discount points" for prime loans);

•interest-only payments;

•negative-amortization; and

•terms longer than 30 years.

Also, to qualify as a “qualified mortgage,” a borrower’s total debt-to-income ratio may not exceed 43%. Lenders must also verify and document the income and financial resources relied upon to qualify the borrower for the loan and underwrite the loan based on a fully amortizing payment schedule and maximum interest rate during the first five years, taking into account all applicable taxes, insurance and assessments. The CFPB’s rule on qualified mortgages could limit our ability or desire to make certain types of loans or loans to certain borrowers, or could make it more expensive and/or time consuming to make these loans, which could limit our growth or profitability.

We may be adversely affected by changes in U.S. tax laws and regulations.

Policy makers have indicated an interest in reforming the U.S. corporate income tax code in 2017. Possible approaches include lowering the 35 percent corporate tax rate, modifying the U.S. taxation of income earned outside the U.S. and limiting or eliminating various deductions, tax credits and/or other tax preferences. While we may benefit on a prospective net income basis from any decrease in corporate tax rates, proposals being discussed currently could result in a material decrease in the value of our deferred tax asset, which would also result in a material reduction to net income during the period in which the change is enacted. Regulatory capital could also be reduced if the decrease in the value of deferred tax assets exceeds certain levels. Given the number of uncertainties relating to the ultimate form any corporate tax reform may take, it is not possible to quantify the potential negative impact to our income or regulatory capital that could result from corporate tax reform.

Table of Contents

We currently utilize incentive-based payment arrangements with our employees as compensation practices. Potential regulatory changes to this practice could have an impact on our current practices and impact our results of operations.

Investors Bank is subject to the compensation-related provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act which prohibit incentive-based payment arrangements that encourage inappropriate risk taking. The scope and content of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on incentive compensation are continuing to develop and are likely to continue evolving in the future.

Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market area, we compete with numerous commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have, have greater name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business, and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we can. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market area. The greater resources and deposit and loan products offered by some of our competitors may limit our ability to increase our interest-earning assets. For additional information see “Item 1. Business.”

Any future increase in FDIC insurance premiums will adversely impact our earnings.

As a “large institution” within the meaning of FDIC regulations (i.e., greater than $10 billion in assets), Investors Bank’s deposit insurance premium is determined differently than smaller banks. Small banks are assessed based on a risk classification determined by examination ratings, financial ratios and certain specified adjustments. However, beginning in 2011, large institutions became subject to assessment based upon a more detailed scorecard approach involving (i) a performance score determined using forward-looking risk measures, including certain stress testing, and (ii) a loss severity score, which is designed to measure, based on modeling, potential loss to the FDIC insurance fund if the institution failed. The total score is converted to an assessment rate, subject to certain adjustments, with institutions deemed riskier paying higher assessments. In October 2012, the FDIC issued a final rule, effective March 1, 2013, which clarifies and refines its large bank assessment formula. Since the large institution assessment procedure is still relatively new, the long term effect on Investors Bank’s deposit insurance assessment is uncertain.

We may eliminate dividends on our common stock.

Although we pay quarterly cash dividends to our stockholders, stockholders are not entitled to receive dividends. Downturns in domestic and global economies and other factors could cause our board of directors to consider, among other things, the elimination of or reduction in the amount and/or frequency of cash dividends paid on our common stock.

We could be adversely affected by failure in our internal controls.

We continue to devote a significant amount of effort, time and resources to continually strengthen our controls and ensure compliance with complex accounting standards and banking regulations. A failure in our internal controls could have a significant negative impact not only on our earnings, but also on the perception that customers, regulators and investors may have of us.

Risks associated with system failures, interruptions, or breaches of security could negatively affect our earnings.

Information technology systems are critical to our business. We use various technology systems to manage our customer relationships, general ledger, securities investments, deposits, and loans. We have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of system failures, interruptions, and security breaches (including privacy breaches and cyber-attacks), but such events may still occur or may not be adequately addressed if they do occur. In addition, any compromise of our systems could deter customers from using our products and services. Although we take protective measures, the security of our computer systems, software, and networks may be vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses, or other malicious code and cyber attacks that could have an impact on information security.

In addition, we outsource a majority of our data processing to certain third-party providers. If these third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely affected. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.

Table of Contents

There have been increasing efforts on the part of third parties, including through cyber attacks, to breach data security at financial institutions or with respect to financial transactions. There have been several recent instances involving financial services and consumer-based companies reporting the unauthorized disclosure of client or customer information or the destruction or theft of corporate data. In addition, because the techniques used to cause such security breaches change frequently, often are not recognized until launched against a target and may originate from less regulated and remote areas around the world, we may be unable to proactively address these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. The ability of our customers to bank remotely, including online and through mobile devices, requires secure transmission of confidential information and increases the risk of data security breaches.

The occurrence of any system failures, interruption, or breach of security could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business thereby subjecting us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to litigation and possible financial liability. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our failure to effectively deploy the capital raised in our second step conversion offering may have an adverse effect on our financial performance.

We invested 50% of the net proceeds from our second step conversion offering in Investors Bank; provided funding to our Employee Stock Ownership Plan for the purchase of 6,617,421 shares of common stock sold in the offering; and contributed $20.0 million to Investors Charitable foundation by issuing 1,000,000 shares and a $10.0 million cash contribution. A substantial portion of the net proceeds were used to pay off short-term borrowings as they matured and invest in securities. We continue to utilize the remainder of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including, among other items, paying cash dividends and repurchasing shares of our common stock. Our failure to deploy the capital effectively may reduce our profitability and may adversely affect the value of our common stock.

Our recruitment efforts may not be sufficient to implement our business strategy and execute successful operations.

As we continue to grow, we may find our recruitment efforts more challenging. If we do not succeed in attracting, hiring, and integrating experienced or qualified personnel, we may not be able to continue to successfully implement our business strategy.

We have hired an asset based and leveraged lending team and expanded our business lending into the healthcare market, both of which may expose us to increased lending risks and may have a negative effect on our results of operations.

In an effort to diversify our loan portfolio, we have expanded our lending team to include asset based and leveraged lending teams as well as a healthcare lending team. These types of loans generally have a higher risk of loss compared to our one- to four-family residential real estate loans and multi-family loans, which could have a negative effect on our results of operations. In addition, because we are not as experienced with these new loan products, we may require additional time and resources for offering and managing such products effectively or may be unsuccessful in offering such products at a profit.

Severe weather, acts of terrorism and other external events could impact our ability to conduct business.

Weather-related events have adversely impacted our market area in recent years, especially areas located near coastal waters and flood prone areas. Such events that may cause significant flooding and other storm-related damage may become more common events in the future. Financial institutions have been, and continue to be, targets of terrorist threats aimed at compromising operating and communication systems and the metropolitan New York area and Northern New Jersey remain central targets for potential acts of terrorism. Such events could cause significant damage, impact the stability of our facilities and result in additional expenses, impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, reduce the value of collateral securing repayment of our loans, and result in the loss of revenue. While we have established and regularly test disaster recovery procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition.



ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.



ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES

At December 31, 2016, the Company and the Bank conducted business from their corporate headquarters in Short Hills, New Jersey, with operation centers located in Iselin and Robbinsville New Jersey as well as lending offices in Short

Table of Contents

Hills, Robbinsville, Mount Laurel, Spring Lake, Newark, Manhattan, Queens, Brooklyn, Melville, as well as a full-service branch network of 151 offices.



ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We and our subsidiaries are subject to various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the resolution of these legal actions is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.



ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

Part II



ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our shares of common stock are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ISBC”. The approximate number of holders of record of Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock as of February 23, 2017 was approximately 8,600. Certain shares of Investors Bancorp, Inc. are held in “nominee” or “street” name and accordingly, the number of beneficial owners of such shares is not known or included in the foregoing number. The following table presents quarterly market information for Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock for the periods indicated. The following information was provided by the NASDAQ Global Select Market.



	Year Ended December 31, 2016						Year Ended December 31, 2015
	High		Low		Dividends Declared		High		Low		Dividends Declared
First Quarter	$	12.37	$	10.77	$	0.06	$	11.98	$	10.70	$	0.10	⁽¹⁾
Second Quarter	12.05		10.67		0.06		12.72		11.55		0.05
Third Quarter	12.30		10.71		0.06		12.59		11.27		0.05
Fourth Quarter	14.39		11.58		0.08		13.13		11.99		0.05

(1) Included in the first quarter of 2015 is a special cash dividend of $0.05 per share.

Since 2012, we have been paying quarterly cash dividends to our stockholders, however stockholders are not entitled to receive dividends. We pay dividends to stockholders quarterly. The timing and amount of cash dividends paid depend on our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other relevant factors. Downturns in domestic and global economies and other factors could cause our board of directors to consider, among other things, the elimination of or reduction in the amount and/or frequency of cash dividends paid on our common stock. In addition, Federal Reserve Board guidance sets forth the supervisory expectation that bank holding companies will inform and consult with Federal Reserve Board staff in advance of issuing a dividend that exceeds earnings for the quarter and should inform the Federal Reserve Board and should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce dividends if (i) net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (ii) prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with the bank holding company's capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition, or (iii) the bank holding company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios.

In the future, dividends from Investors Bancorp, Inc. may depend, in part, upon the receipt of dividends from Investors Bank, because Investors Bancorp, Inc. has no source of income other than earnings from the investment of net proceeds retained from the sale of shares of common stock, investment income, and interest earned on its loan to the employee stock ownership plan. Under New Jersey law, Investors Bank may not pay a cash dividend unless, after the payment of such dividend, its capital stock will not be impaired and either it will have a statutory surplus of not less than 50% of its capital stock, or the payment of such dividend will not reduce its statutory surplus.

Stock Performance Graph

Set forth below is a stock performance graph comparing (a) the cumulative total return on the Company’s common stock for the period beginning December 31, 2011 through December 31, 2016, (b) the cumulative total return of publicly traded thrifts over such period, and, (c) the cumulative total return of all publicly traded banks and thrifts over such period. Cumulative return assumes the reinvestment of dividends, and is expressed in dollars based on an assumed investment of $100.

Table of Contents



Index	12/31/2011	12/31/2012	12/31/2013	12/31/2014	12/31/2015	12/31/2016
Investors Bancorp, Inc.	100.00	132.26	192.11	217.44	246.04	282.11
SNL U.S. Bank and Thrift	100.00	134.28	183.86	205.25	209.39	264.35
SNL U.S. Thrift	100.00	121.63	156.09	167.88	188.78	231.33

Source: SNL Financial LC, Charlottesville, VA

Stock Repurchases

The following table reports information regarding repurchases of our common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2016 and the stock repurchase plans approved by our Board of Directors.



Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased (1)	Average Price paid Per Share		As part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs		Yet to be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
October 1, 2016 through October 31, 2016	1,750,000	$	11.96	$	20,926,090	21,660,643
November 1, 2016 through November 30, 2016	401,472	$	12.45	$	4,996,671	21,259,171
December 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016	—	$	—	$	—	21,259,171
Total	2,151,472			25,922,761

(1) On April 28, 2016, the Company announced its third share repurchase program, which authorized the purchase of an

additional 10% of its publicly-held outstanding shares of common stock, or approximately 31,481,189 million shares. The plan

Table of Contents

commenced upon the completion of the second repurchase plan on June 17, 2016. This program has no expiration date and has

21,259,171 shares yet to be repurchased as of December 31, 2016.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The information set forth in Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report under the heading “Equity Compensation Plan Information” is incorporated by reference herein.

Table of Contents



ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following information is derived in part from the consolidated financial statements of Investors Bancorp, Inc. As a result of the completion of the second step conversion on May 7, 2014, all share information prior to that date has been revised to reflect the 2.55 to one exchange ratio. For additional information, reference is made to “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report.



	At December 31,
	2016		2015		2014		2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Selected Financial Condition Data:
Total assets	$	23,174,675	$	20,888,684	$	18,773,639	$	15,623,070	$	12,722,574
Loans receivable, net	18,569,855		16,661,133		14,887,570		12,882,544		10,306,786
Loans held-for-sale	38,298		7,431		6,868		8,273		28,233
Securities held to maturity	1,755,556		1,844,223		1,564,479		831,819		179,922
Securities available for sale, at estimated fair value	1,660,433		1,304,697		1,197,924		785,032		1,385,328
Bank owned life insurance	161,940		159,152		161,609		152,788		113,941
Deposits	15,280,833		14,063,656		12,172,326		10,718,811		8,768,857
Borrowed funds	4,546,251		3,263,090		2,766,104		3,367,274		2,705,652
Goodwill	77,571		77,571		77,571		77,571		77,063
Stockholders’ equity	3,123,245		3,311,647		3,577,855		1,334,327		1,066,817



	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014		2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Selected Operating Data:
Interest and dividend income	$	793,521	$	731,723	$	660,862	$	545,068	$	496,189
Interest expense	153,336		136,639		118,891		109,642		123,444
Net interest income	640,185		595,084		541,971		435,426		372,745
Provision for loan losses	19,750		26,000		37,500		50,500		65,000
Net interest income after provision for loan losses	620,435		569,084		504,471		384,926		307,745
Non-interest income	37,201		40,125		41,861		36,571		44,112
Non-interest expenses	358,564		328,332		339,860		245,711		207,007
Income before income tax expense	299,072		280,877		206,472		175,786		144,850
Income tax expense	106,947		99,372		74,751		63,755		56,083
Net income	$	192,125	$	181,505	$	131,721	$	112,031	$	88,767
Earnings per share — basic	$	0.65	$	0.55	$	0.38	$	0.40	$	0.32
Earnings per share — diluted	$	0.64	$	0.55	$	0.38	$	0.40	$	0.32

Table of Contents



	At or for the Year Ended December 31,
	2016			2015			2014			2013			2012
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
Performance Ratios:
Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets)	0.88		%	0.92		%	0.76		%	0.83		%	0.77		%
Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity)	6.06		%	5.26		%	4.71		%	10.00		%	8.68		%
Net interest rate spread(1)	2.83		%	2.91		%	3.08		%	3.24		%	3.26		%
Net interest margin(2)	3.04		%	3.12		%	3.27		%	3.37		%	3.40		%
Efficiency ratio(3)	52.93		%	51.69		%	58.21		%	52.06		%	49.66		%
Efficiency ratio - Adjusted (4)	52.60		%	51.48		%	52.45		%	50.66		%	46.47		%
Non-interest expenses to average total assets	1.64		%	1.66		%	1.96		%	1.82		%	1.81		%
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities	1.29x			1.30x			1.28x			1.15x			1.13x
Dividend payout ratio (5)	40.00		%	45.45		%	31.58		%	19.61		%	6.02		%
Asset Quality Ratios:
Non-performing assets to total assets	0.47		%	0.69		%	0.81		%	0.95		%	1.14		%
Non-accrual loans to total loans	0.50		%	0.68		%	0.72		%	0.77		%	1.16		%
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans (6)	220.18		%	158.43		%	139.10		%	124.30		%	104.29		%
Allowance for loan losses to total loans	1.21		%	1.29		%	1.33		%	1.33		%	1.36		%
Capital Ratios:
Tier 1 leverage ratio (7)	12.03		%	12.41		%	12.79		%	8.20		%	7.59		%
Common equity tier 1 risk-based (7)	14.75		%	15.87		%	n/a			n/a			n/a
Tier 1 risk-based capital (7)	14.75		%	15.87		%	17.01		%	10.14		%	9.98		%
Total-risk-based capital (7)	15.99		%	17.12		%	18.26		%	11.39		%	11.24		%
Equity to total assets	13.48		%	15.85		%	19.06		%	8.54		%	8.39		%
Tangible equity to tangible assets (8)	13.10		%	15.43		%	18.60		%	7.90		%	7.67		%
Average equity to average assets	14.52		%	17.41		%	16.16		%	8.32		%	8.92		%
Other Data:
Book value per common share (8)	$	10.53		$	10.30		$	10.39		$	9.85		$	9.81
Tangible book value per common share (8)	$	10.18		$	9.97		$	10.08		$	9.04		$	8.89
Number of full service offices	151			140			132			129			101
Full time equivalent employees	1,829			1,734			1,682			1,541			1,193


(1)	The net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted- average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the period.


(2)	The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period.


(3)	The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.

(4)

The adjusted efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income adjusted. For the year ended December 31, 2016, adjustments were related to the accelerated vesting of equity awards upon the death of a director ($1.5 million) and professional fees associated with the termination of the Bank of Princeton acquisition ($840,000). For the year ended December 31, 2015, a one time item related to a payout under an employment agreement with a former executive was excluded. For the year ended December 31, 2014, $13.0 million of compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting of all stock option and restricted stock plans upon the completion of the second step capital transaction, the contribution of $20 million to the Investors Charitable Foundation and one-time items related to the acquisition of Gateway, completed in January 2014, were excluded. For the year

Table of Contents

ended December 31, 2013, pre-tax acquisition charges related to Roma Financial of $5.6 million and a non-cash OTTI charge of $977,000 were excluded. Pre-tax acquisition charges related to Marathon and BFSB of $13.3 million were excluded for the year ended December 31, 2012.


(5)	The dividend payout ratio represents dividends paid per share divided by net income per share.


(6)	Non-performing loans include non-accrual loans and performing troubled debt restructured loans.


(7)	Ratios are for Investors Bank and do not include capital retained at the holding company level. The information presented prior to December 31, 2015 reflect the requirements in effect at that time, as the Basel III requirements became effective on January 1, 2015, see "Item 1. Business - Supervision and Regulation".


(8)	Excludes goodwill and intangible assets for the calculation of tangible book value and tangible equity. For common share calculation, excludes treasury shares and unallocated ESOP shares.

Table of Contents



ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Since the Company's initial public offering in 2005, we have transitioned from a wholesale thrift business to a retail commercial bank. This transition has been primarily accomplished by increasing the amount of our commercial loans and core deposits (savings, checking and money market accounts). Our transformation can be attributed to a number of factors, including organic growth, de novo branch openings, bank and branch acquisitions, as well as product expansion. We believe the attractive markets we operate in, namely, New Jersey and the greater New York metropolitan area, will continue to provide us with growth opportunities. Our primary focus is to build and develop profitable customer relationships across all lines of business, both consumer and commercial.

Our results of operations depend primarily on net interest income, which is directly impacted by the market interest rate environment. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, primarily loans and investment securities, and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, primarily interest-bearing transaction accounts, time deposits, and borrowed funds. Net interest income is affected by the level of interest rates, the shape of the market yield curve, the timing of the placement and the repricing of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities on our balance sheet, and the prepayment rate on our mortgage-related assets.

The persistent low interest rate environment and a flattening of the yield curve over the past several years have resulted in sustained pressure on our net interest margin. Interest-earning assets continue to be originated or re-priced at yields lower than the overall portfolio, and competitive pricing remains strong in both the loan and deposit markets. Despite these headwinds, we have been able to generally offset net interest margin compression through interest earning asset growth. We continue to actively manage our interest rate risk against a backdrop of slow but positive economic growth and the potential for additional increases in short-term rates in the near future. If short-term interest rates increase, we may be subject to near-term net interest margin compression. Should the treasury yield curve steepen, we may experience an improvement in net interest income, particularly if short-term interest rates remain unchanged.

Our results of operations are also significantly affected by general economic conditions. While the consumer continues to benefit from lower energy costs and improved housing and employment metrics, the velocity of economic growth, domestically and internationally, remains sluggish.

Total assets increased by $2.29 billion, or 10.9%, to $23.17 billion at December 31, 2016 from $20.89 billion at December 31, 2015. Net loans increased $1.91 billion to $18.57 billion at December 31, 2016, while securities increased by $267.1 million, or 8.5%, to $3.42 billion at December 31, 2016 from $3.15 billion at December 31, 2015. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we originated $2.16 billion in multi-family loans, $1.08 billion in commercial real estate loans, $608.9 million in commercial and industrial loans, $523.3 million in residential loans, $451.5 million in construction loans and $260.0 million in consumer and other loans. Our strategic objective is to become more commercial bank like and maintain a well-diversified loan portfolio. We understand the heightened regulatory sensitivity around commercial real estate and multi-family concentration and continue to be diligent in our underwriting and credit risk monitoring of these portfolios. The overall level of non-performing loans remains low compared to our national and regional peers.

Capital management is a key component of our business strategy. We continue to manage our capital through a combination of organic growth, acquisitions, stock repurchases and cash dividends. Effective capital management and prudent growth allowed us to effectively leverage the capital from the Company’s public offerings, while being mindful of tangible book value for stockholders. Our capital to total assets ratio has decreased to 13.48% at December 31, 2016 from 15.85% at December 31, 2015. Since the commencement of our first stock repurchase plan in March 2015 through December 31, 2016, the Company has repurchased a total of 62.9 million shares at an average cost of $11.86 per share totaling $746.3 million. Stockholders' equity was impacted for the year ended December 31, 2016 by the repurchase of 31.3 million shares of common stock for $363.4 million as well as cash dividends of $0.26 per share totaling $82.3 million.

In August 2016 we entered into an informal agreement with the FDIC and NJDOBI with regard to Bank Secrecy Act and Anti-Money Laundering compliance matters. Our BSA and AML team continues to work diligently to enhance the risk infrastructure procedures and technology, while ensuring its long term sustainability for the Company.

Table of Contents

We will continue to execute our business strategies with a focus on prudent and opportunistic growth while producing financial results that will create value for our stockholders. We intend to continue to grow our business and strengthen our market share through planned de novo branch expansion, enhanced product offerings, investments in our people and opportunistic acquisitions in our market area. During 2016, we continued to enhance our employee training and development programs, built additional risk management and operational infrastructure and added key personnel as our company grows and our business changes. We will continue to enhance stockholder value through our strategic capital initiatives, including growth both organically and through acquisitions, stock buybacks and dividend payments.

Critical Accounting Policies

We consider accounting policies that require management to exercise significant judgment or discretion or to make significant assumptions that have, or could have, a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets or on income to be critical accounting policies. We consider the following to be our critical accounting policies.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is the estimated amount considered necessary to cover credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is established through the provision for loan losses that is charged against income. The methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting policy by management because of the high degree of judgment involved, the subjectivity of the assumptions used, and the potential for changes in the economic environment that could result in changes to the amount of the recorded allowance for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses has been determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, under which we are required to maintain an allowance for probable losses at the balance sheet date. We are responsible for the timely and periodic determination of the amount of the allowance required. We believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover specifically identifiable losses, as well as estimated losses inherent in our portfolio for which certain losses are probable but not specifically identifiable. Loans acquired are marked to fair value on the date of acquisition with no valuation allowance reflected in the allowance for loan losses. In conjunction with the quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan loss, the Company performs an analysis on acquired loans to determine whether or not there has been subsequent deterioration in relation to those loans. If deterioration has occurred, the Company will include these loans in its calculation of the allowance for loan loss.

Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The analysis of the allowance for loan losses has two components: specific and general allocations. Specific allocations are made for loans determined to be impaired. A loan is deemed to be impaired if it is a commercial loan with an outstanding balance greater than $1.0 million and on non-accrual status, loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR"), and other commercial loans greater than $1.0 million if management has specific information that it is probable it will not collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impairment is measured by determining the present value of expected future cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral adjusted for market conditions and selling expenses. The general allocation is determined by segregating the remaining loans by type of loan, risk rating (if applicable) and payment history. In addition, the Company's residential portfolio is subdivided between fixed and adjustable rate loans as adjustable rate loans are deemed to be subject to more credit risk if interest rates rise. Reserves for each loan segment or the loss factors are generally determined based on the Company's historical loss experience over a look-back period determined to provide the appropriate amount of data to accurately estimate expected losses as of period end. Additionally, management assesses the loss emergence period for the expected losses of each loan segment and adjusts each historical loss factor accordingly. The loss emergence period is the estimated time from the date of a loss event (such as a personal bankruptcy) to the actual recognition of the loss (typically via the first full or partial loan charge-off), and is determined based upon a study of the Company's past loss experience by loan segment. The loss factors may also be adjusted to account for qualitative or environmental factors that are likely to cause estimated credit losses inherent in the portfolio to differ from historical loss experience. This evaluation is based on among other things, loan and delinquency trends, general economic conditions, credit concentrations, lending policies and procedures and industry trends, but is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revisions based upon changes in economic and real estate market conditions. Actual loan losses may be different than the allowance for loan losses we have established which could have a material negative effect on our financial results.

Purchased Credit-Impaired ("PCI") loans, are loans acquired at a discount due, in part, to credit quality. PCI loans are accounted for in accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30 and are initially recorded at fair value (as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows) with no valuation allowance (i.e., the allowance for loan losses). The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the initial carrying amount (fair value) of the PCI loans, or the “accretable

Table of Contents

yield,” is recognized as interest income utilizing the level-yield method over the life of the loans. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “non-accretable difference,” are not recognized as a yield adjustment, as a loss accrual or a valuation allowance. Reclassifications of the non-accretable difference to the accretable yield may occur subsequent to the loan acquisition dates due to increases in expected cash flows of the loans and would result in an increase in yield on a prospective basis. The Company analyzes the actual cash flow versus the forecasts and any adjustments to credit loss expectations are made based on actual loss recognized as well as changes in the probability of default. For a period in which cash flows aren't reforecasted, prior period's estimated cash flows are adjusted to reflect the actual cash received and credit events that occurred during the current reporting period.

On a quarterly basis, management reviews the current status of various loan assets in order to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. In this evaluation process, specific loans are analyzed to determine their potential risk of loss. Loans determined to be impaired are evaluated for potential loss exposure. Any shortfall results in a recommendation of a specific allowance or charge-off if the likelihood of loss is evaluated as probable. To determine the adequacy of collateral on a particular loan, an estimate of the fair value of the collateral is based on the most current appraised value available for real property or a discounted cash flow analysis on a business. This appraised value for real property is then reduced to reflect estimated liquidation expenses.

The allowance contains reserves identified as unallocated. These reserves reflect management's attempt to ensure that the overall allowance reflects a margin for imprecision and the uncertainty that is inherent in estimates of probable credit losses.

Our lending emphasis has been the origination of commercial real estate loans, multi-family loans, commercial and industrial loans and the origination and purchase of residential mortgage loans. We also originate home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. These activities resulted in a concentration of loans secured by real estate property and businesses located in New Jersey and New York. Based on the composition of our loan portfolio, we believe the primary risks to our loan portfolio are increases in interest rates, a decline in the general economy, and declines in real estate market values in New Jersey, New York and surrounding states. Any one or combination of these events may adversely affect our loan portfolio resulting in increased delinquencies, loan losses and future levels of loan loss provisions. As a substantial amount of our loan portfolio is collateralized by real estate, appraisals of the underlying value of property securing loans are critical in determining the amount of the allowance required for specific loans. Assumptions for appraisal valuations are instrumental in determining the value of properties. Negative changes to appraisal assumptions could significantly impact the valuation of a property securing a loan and the related allowance determined. The assumptions supporting such appraisals are carefully reviewed to determine that the resulting values reasonably reflect amounts realizable on the related loans.

For commercial real estate, multi-family and construction loans, the Company obtains an appraisal for all collateral dependent loans upon origination. An updated appraisal is obtained annually for loans rated substandard or worse with a balance of $500,000 or greater. An updated appraisal is obtained biennially for loans rated special mention with a balance of $2.0 million or greater. This is done in order to determine the specific reserve or charge off needed. As part of the allowance for loan loss process, the Company reviews each collateral dependent commercial real estate loan classified as non-accrual and/or impaired and assesses whether there has been an adverse change in the collateral value supporting the loan. The Company utilizes information from its commercial lending officers and its credit department and special assets department's knowledge of changes in real estate conditions in our lending area to identify if possible deterioration of collateral value has occurred. Based on the severity of the changes in market conditions, management determines if an updated appraisal is warranted or if downward adjustments to the previous appraisal are warranted. If it is determined that the deterioration of the collateral value is significant enough to warrant ordering a new appraisal, an estimate of the downward adjustments to the existing appraised value is used in assessing if additional specific reserves are necessary until the updated appraisal is received.

For homogeneous residential mortgage loans, the Company's policy is to obtain an appraisal upon the origination of the loan and an updated appraisal in the event a loan becomes 90 days delinquent. Thereafter, the appraisal is updated every two years if the loan remains in non-performing status and the foreclosure process has not been completed. Management adjusts the appraised value of residential loans to reflect estimated selling costs and declines in the real estate market.

Management believes the potential risk for outdated appraisals for impaired and other non-performing loans has been mitigated due to the fact that the loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan's carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the collateral. Loans are generally charged off after an analysis is completed which indicates that collectability of the full principal balance is in doubt.

Table of Contents

examination process, will periodically review our allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

Deferred Income Taxes. The Company records income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” as amended, using the asset and liability method. Accordingly, deferred tax assets and liabilities: (i) are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns; (ii) are attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases; and (iii) are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years when those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax asset is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences and carryforwards became deductible. Where applicable, deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance for any portions determined not likely to be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period of enactment. The valuation allowance is adjusted, by a charge or credit to income tax expense, as changes in facts and circumstances warrant.

Asset Impairment Judgments. Certain of our assets are carried on our consolidated balance sheets at cost, fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value. Valuation allowances or write-downs are established when necessary to recognize impairment of such assets. We periodically perform analyses to test for impairment of such assets. In addition to the impairment analyses related to our loans discussed above, another significant impairment analysis is the determination of whether there has been an other-than-temporary decline in the value of one or more of our securities.

Our available-for-sale portfolio is carried at estimated fair value, with any unrealized gains or losses, net of taxes, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in stockholders' equity. While the Company does not intend to sell these securities, and it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell these securities before their anticipated recovery of the remaining carrying value, we have the ability to sell the securities. Our held-to-maturity portfolio, consisting primarily of mortgage- backed securities and other debt securities for which we have a positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, is carried at carrying value. We conduct a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the value of any security has declined below its cost or amortized cost, and whether such decline is other-than-temporary. Management utilizes various inputs to determine the fair value of the portfolio. The use of different assumptions could have a positive or negative effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

If a determination is made that a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired, the Company will estimate the amount of the unrealized loss that is attributable to credit and all other non-credit related factors. The credit related component will be recognized as an other-than-temporary impairment charge in non-interest income as a component of gain (loss) on securities, net. The non-credit related component will be recorded as an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax.

Goodwill Impairment. Goodwill is presumed to have an indefinite useful life and is tested, at least annually, for impairment at the reporting unit level. Impairment exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. For purposes of our goodwill impairment testing, we have identified the Bank as a single reporting unit.

In connection with our annual impairment assessment we applied the guidance in FASB ASU 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment, which permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. For the year ended December 31, 2016, our qualitative assessment concluded that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount and, therefore, the two-step goodwill impairment test was not required.

Valuation of Mortgage Servicing Rights ("MSR"). The initial asset recognized for originated MSR is measured at fair value. The fair value of MSR is estimated by reference to current market values of similar loans sold with servicing released. MSR are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income. We apply the amortization method for measurements of our MSR. MSR are assessed for impairment based on fair value at each reporting date. MSR impairment, if any, is recognized in a valuation allowance through charges to earnings as a component of fees and service charges. Subsequent increases in the fair value of impaired MSR are recognized only up to the amount of the previously recognized valuation allowance. Fees earned for servicing loans are reported as income when the related mortgage loan payments are collected.

The estimated fair value of MSR is obtained through independent third party valuations through an analysis of future cash flows, incorporating assumptions market participants would use in determining fair value including market discount rates, prepayment speeds, servicing income, servicing costs, default rates and other market driven data, including the market's perception of future interest rate movements. The valuation allowance is then adjusted in subsequent periods to reflect changes in the measurement of impairment. All assumptions are reviewed for reasonableness on a quarterly basis to ensure they reflect current and anticipated market conditions.

Table of Contents

The fair value of MSR is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. Changes in prepayment speed assumptions generally have the most significant impact on the fair value of our MSR. Generally, as interest rates decline, mortgage loan prepayments accelerate due to increased refinance activity, which results in a decrease in the fair value of MSR. As interest rates rise, mortgage loan prepayments slow down, which results in an increase in the fair value of MSR. Thus, any measurement of the fair value of our MSR is limited by the conditions existing and the assumptions utilized as of a particular point in time, and those assumptions may not be appropriate if they are applied at a different point in time.

Stock-Based Compensation. We recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of those awards in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation”. We estimate the per share fair value of option grants on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using assumptions for the expected dividend yield, expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected option term. These assumptions are subjective in nature, involve uncertainties and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. The Black- Scholes option pricing model also contains certain inherent limitations when applied to options that are not traded on public markets. The per share fair value of options is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. In general, the per share fair value of options will move in the same direction as changes in the expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected option term, and in the opposite direction as changes in the expected dividend yield. For example, the per share fair value of options will generally increase as expected stock price volatility increases, risk-free interest rate increases, expected option term increases and expected dividend yield decreases. The use of different assumptions or different option pricing models could result in materially different per share fair values of options.

Derivative Financial Instruments.As part of our interest rate risk management, we may utilize, from time-to-time, derivative financial instruments which are recorded as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is initially recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives would be recognized directly in earnings.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

Total Assets.Total assets increased by $2.29 billion, or 10.9%, to $23.17 billion at December 31, 2016 from $20.89 billion at December 31, 2015. Net loans increased $1.91 billion to $18.57 billion at December 31, 2016, and securities increased by $267.1 million, or 8.5%, to $3.42 billion at December 31, 2016 from $3.15 billion at December 31, 2015.

Net Loans. Net loans increased by $1.91 billion, or 11.5%, to $18.57 billion at December 31, 2016 from $16.66 billion at December 31, 2015. The detail of the loan portfolio (including PCI loans) is below:



	December 31, 2016			December 31, 2015
	(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial Loans:
Multi-family loans	$	7,459,131		6,255,904
Commercial real estate loans	4,452,300			3,829,099
Commercial and industrial loans	1,275,283			1,044,385
Construction loans	314,843			225,843
Total commercial loans	13,501,557			11,355,231
Residential mortgage loans	4,711,880			5,039,543
Consumer and other	597,265			496,556
Total Loans	18,810,702			16,891,330
Net unamortized premiums and deferred loan costs	(12,474		)	(11,692		)
Allowance for loan losses	(228,373		)	(218,505		)
Net loans	$	18,569,855		$	16,661,133

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we originated $2.16 billion in multi-family loans, $1.08 billion in commercial real estate loans, $608.9 million in commercial and industrial loans, $523.3 million in residential loans, $451.5 million in

Table of Contents

construction loans and $260.0 million in consumer and other loans. This increase in loans reflects our continued focus on generating multi-family loans, commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans, which was partially offset by pay downs and payoffs of loans. Our loans are primarily on properties and businesses located in New Jersey and New York. In addition to the loans originated for our portfolio, our mortgage subsidiary, Investors Home Mortgage, originated $245.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 in residential mortgage loans that were sold to third party investors.

The following table sets forth non-accrual loans (excluding PCI loans and loans held-for-sale) on the dates indicated as well as certain asset quality ratios:



	December 31, 2016				September 30, 2016				June 30, 2016				March 31, 2016				December 31, 2015
	# of Loans	Amount			# of Loans	Amount			# of Loans	Amount			# of Loans	Amount			# of Loans	Amount
	(Dollars in millions)
Multi-family	2	$	0.5		1	$	0.2		2	$	1.2		3	$	2.9		4	$	3.5
Commercial real estate	24	9.2			29	8.9			33	11.7			35	10.3			37	10.8
Commercial and industrial	8	4.7			6	2.3			6	0.7			10	5.6			17	9.2
Construction	0	—			0	—			1	0.2			3	0.5			4	0.8
Total commercial loans	34	14.4			36	11.4			42	13.8			51	19.3			62	24.3
Residential and consumer	478	79.9			481	86.1			471	86.5			488	85.9			500	91.1
Total non-accrual loans	512	$	94.3		517	$	97.5		513	$	100.3		539	$	105.2		562	$	115.4
Accruing troubled debt restructured loans	42	$	9.4		31	$	8.8		29	$	12.1		30	$	10.7		39	$	22.5
Non-accrual loans to total loans		0.50		%		0.53		%		0.57		%		0.61		%		0.68		%
Allowance for loan loss as a percent of non-accrual loans		242.24		%		229.31		%		219.6		%		205.83		%		189.30		%
Allowance for loan loss as a percent of total loans		1.21		%		1.22		%		1.25		%		1.26		%		1.29		%

Total non-accrual loans decreased to $94.3 million at December 31, 2016 compared to $115.4 million at December 31, 2015. We continue to diligently resolve our troubled loans, however it takes a long period of time to resolve residential credits in our lending area. At December 31, 2016, our allowance for loan loss as a percent of total loans was 1.21%. At December 31, 2016, there were $30.4 million of loans deemed as troubled debt restructurings, of which $24.8 million were residential and consumer loans, $3.6 million were commercial real estate loans, $1.7 million were commercial and industrial loans and $248,000 were multi-family loans. Troubled debt restructured loans in the amount of $9.4 million were classified as accruing and $20.9 million were classified as non-accrual at December 31, 2016.

In addition to non-accrual loans, we continue to monitor our portfolio for potential problem loans. Potential problem loans are defined as loans about which we have concerns as to the ability of the borrower to comply with the current loan repayment terms and which may cause the loan to be placed on non-accrual status. As of December 31, 2016, the Company identified $46.5 million of potential problem loans which were comprised of 11 commercial real estate loans totaling $38.4 million, 8 commercial and industrial loans totaling $1.7 million and 3 multi-family loans totaling $6.4 million. Included in potential problem loans is a single relationship totaling 8 loans for $40.4 million. The properties for this relationship are single tenant and well-collateralized with strong loan to value ratios. Management is actively monitoring all these loans.

The allowance for loan losses increased by $9.9 million to $228.4 million at December 31, 2016 from $218.5 million at December 31, 2015. The increase in our allowance for loan losses is due to the growth of the loan portfolio, particularly the inherent credit risk associated with commercial real estate lending as well as commercial and industrial loans. Future increases in the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on the growth and composition of the loan portfolio, the level of loan

Table of Contents

delinquency and the economic conditions in our lending area. At December 31, 2016, our allowance for loan loss as a percent of total loans was 1.21%.

Securities. Securities are held primarily for liquidity, interest rate risk management and long-term yield enhancement. Our Investment Policy requires that investment transactions conform to Federal and New Jersey State investment regulations. Our investments purchased may include, but are not limited to, U.S. Treasury obligations, securities issued by various Federal Agencies, State and Municipal subdivisions, mortgage-backed securities, certain certificates of deposit of insured financial institutions, overnight and short-term loans to other banks, investment grade corporate debt instruments, and mutual funds. In addition, Investors Bancorp may invest in equity securities subject to certain limitations. Purchase decisions are based upon a thorough analysis of each security to determine it conforms to our overall asset/liability management objectives. The analysis must consider its effect on our risk-based capital measurement, prospects for yield and/or appreciation and other risk factors. Securities are classified as held-to-maturity or available-for-sale when purchased.

At December 31, 2016, our securities portfolio represented 14.7% of our total assets. Securities, in the aggregate, increased by $267.1 million, or 8.5%, to $3.42 billion at December 31, 2016 from $3.15 billion at December 31, 2015. This increase was a result of purchases partially offset by paydowns and sales.

Stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank, Bank Owned Life Insurance and Other Assets. The amount of stock we own in the FHLB increased by $59.5 million, or 33.3% to $237.9 million at December 31, 2016 from $178.4 million at December 31, 2015. The amount of stock we own in the FHLB is primarily related to the balance of our borrowings from the FHLB, therefore the increase in borrowings has an impact on FHLB stock owned. Bank owned life insurance was $161.9 million at December 31, 2016 and $159.2 million at December 31, 2015. Other assets was $14.5 million at December 31, 2016 and $4.7 million at December 31, 2015.

Deposits. At December 31, 2016, deposits totaled $15.28 billion, representing 76.2% of our total liabilities. Our deposit strategy is focused on attracting core deposits (savings, checking and money market accounts), resulting in a deposit mix of lower cost core products. We remain committed to our plan of attracting more core deposits because core deposits represent a more stable source of low cost funds and may be less sensitive to changes in market interest rates.

Deposits increased by $1.22 billion, or 8.7%, from $14.06 billion at December 31, 2015 to $15.28 billion at December 31, 2016. Total checking accounts increased $1.45 billion to $6.09 billion at December 31, 2016 from $4.64 billion at December 31, 2015. At December 31, 2016, we held $12.33 billion in core deposits, representing 80.7% of total deposits, of which $736.8 million are brokered money market deposits. At December 31, 2016, $2.95 billion, or 19.3%, of our total deposit balances were certificates of deposit, of which included $687.8 million of brokered certificates of deposits.

Borrowed Funds. We borrow directly from the FHLB and various financial institutions. Our FHLB borrowings, frequently referred to as advances, are over collateralized by our residential and non-residential mortgage portfolios as well as qualified investment securities. Borrowed funds increased by $1.29 billion, or 39.3%, to $4.55 billion at December 31, 2016 from $3.26 billion at December 31, 2015 to help fund the continued growth of the loan portfolio.

Stockholders’ Equity. Stockholders' equity decreased by $188.4 million to $3.12 billion at December 31, 2016 from $3.31 billion at December 31, 2015. The decrease is primarily attributed to the repurchase of 31.3 million shares of common stock for $363.4 million as well as cash dividends of $0.26 per share totaling $82.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. These decreases were offset by net income of $192.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Analysis of Net Interest Income

Net interest income represents the difference between income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the expense we pay on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends on the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned on such assets and paid on such liabilities.

Average Balances and Yields. The following tables set forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods indicated. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments were made, as the effect thereof was not material. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, however interest receivable on these loans have been fully reserved for and not included in interest income. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.

Table of Contents



	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2016						2015						2014
	Average Outstanding Balance		Interest Earned/ Paid		Average Yield/ Rate		Average Outstanding Balance		Interest Earned/ Paid		Average Yield/ Rate		Average Outstanding Balance		Interest Earned/ Paid		Average Yield/ Rate
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits	$	144,610	$	342	0.24	%	$	207,331	$	225	0.11	%	371,636		$	552	0.15	%
Securities available-for-sale	1,398,373		25,515		1.82		1,245,745		22,646		1.82		965,969		18,164		1.88
Securities held-to-maturity	1,836,692		42,643		2.32		1,708,176		38,547		2.26		1,315,604		31,847		2.42
Net loans	17,479,932		715,901		4.10		15,716,010		663,424		4.22		13,776,250		603,438		4.38
Stock in FHLB	204,735		9,120		4.45		172,367		6,881		3.99		152,330		6,861		4.50
Total interest-earning assets	21,064,342		793,521		3.77		19,049,629		731,723		3.84		16,581,789		660,862		3.99
Non-interest-earning assets	779,138						770,262						732,469
Total assets	$	21,843,480					$	19,819,891					$	17,314,258
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings deposits	$	2,096,769	$	6,304	0.30	%	$	2,235,703	$	6,402	0.29	%	$	2,241,747	$	6,638	0.30	%
Interest-bearing checking	3,381,909		16,268		0.48		2,735,513		9,642		0.35		2,478,047		8,755		0.35
Money market accounts	3,925,095		25,621		0.65		3,564,311		24,136		0.68		2,355,982		13,664		0.58
Certificates of deposit	3,161,843		33,864		1.07		2,972,611		31,234		1.05		3,180,032		30,149		0.95
Total interest-bearing deposits	12,565,616		82,057		0.65		11,508,138		71,414		0.62		10,255,808		59,206		0.58
Borrowed funds	3,816,087		71,279		1.87		3,157,311		65,225		2.07		2,741,609		59,685		2.18
Total interest-bearing liabilities	16,381,703		153,336		0.94		14,665,449		136,639		0.93		12,997,417		118,891		0.91
Non-interest-bearing liabilities	2,289,036						1,702,945						1,518,331
Total liabilities	18,670,739						16,368,394						14,515,748
Stockholders’ equity	3,172,741						3,451,497						2,798,510
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	21,843,480					$	19,819,891					$	17,314,258
Net interest income			$	640,185					$	595,084					$	541,971
Net interest rate spread(1)					2.83	%					2.91	%					3.08	%
Net interest-earning assets(2)	$	4,682,639					$	4,384,180					$	3,584,372
Net interest margin(3)					3.04	%					3.12	%					3.27	%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to total interest-bearing liabilities	1.29						1.30						1.28


(1)	Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.


(2)	Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.


(3)	Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately, based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.



	Years Ended December 31, 2016 vs. 2015							Years Ended December 31, 2015 vs. 2014
	Increase (Decrease) Due to					Net Increase (Decrease)		Increase (Decrease) Due to					Net Increase (Decrease)
	Volume			Rate		Net Increase (Decrease)		Volume			Rate		Net Increase (Decrease)
	(In thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits	$	(86	)	203		117		$	(203	)	(124	)	(327	)
Securities available-for-sale	2,772			97		2,869		5,112			(630	)	4,482
Securities held-to-maturity	3,103			993		4,096		8,367			(1,667	)	6,700
Net loans	77,752			(25,275	)	52,477		87,885			(27,899	)	59,986
Stock in FHLB	1,387			852		2,239		847			(827	)	20
Total interest-earning assets	84,928			(23,130	)	61,798		102,008			(31,147	)	70,861
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings deposits	(351		)	253		(98	)	(45		)	(191	)	(236	)
Interest-bearing checking	2,576			4,050		6,626		908			(21	)	887
Money market accounts	2,524			(1,039	)	1,485		8,229			2,243		10,472
Certificates of deposit	2,024			606		2,630		(2,047		)	3,132		1,085
Total deposits	6,773			3,870		10,643		7,045			5,163		12,208
Borrowed funds	12,607			(6,553	)	6,054		8,668			(3,128	)	5,540
Total interest-bearing liabilities	19,380			(2,683	)	16,697		15,713			2,035		17,748
Increase in net interest income	$	65,548		(20,447	)	45,101		$	86,295		(33,182	)	53,113

Comparison of Operating Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

Net Income. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $192.1 million compared to net income of $181.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased by $45.1 million, or 7.6%, to $640.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $595.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The net interest margin decreased 8 basis points to 3.04% for the year ended December 31, 2016 from 3.12% for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Interest and Dividend Income. Total interest and dividend income increased by $61.8 million, or 8.4%, to $793.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Interest income on loans increased by $52.5 million, or 7.9%, to $715.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as a result of a $1.8 billion, or 11.2%, increase in the average balance of net loans to $17.48 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, primarily attributed to the growth in the commercial loan portfolio. This increase was offset by a decrease of 12 basis points in the weighted average yield on net loans to 4.10%. Prepayment penalties, which are included in interest income, totaled $22.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $21.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Interest income on all other interest-earning assets, excluding loans, increased by $9.3 million, or 13.6%, to $77.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 which is attributable to a $250.8 million increase in the average balance of all other interest earning assets, excluding loans, to $3.58 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016. In addition, the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets, excluding loans, increased 12 basis points to 2.17%.

Interest Expense. Total interest expense increased by $16.7 million, or 12.2%, to $153.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits increased $10.6 million, or 14.9%, to $82.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The average balance of total interest-bearing deposits increased $1.06 billion, or 9.2% to $12.57 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016. In addition, the weighted average cost of interest-bearing deposits increased 3 basis points to 0.65% for the year ended December 31, 2016. Interest expense on borrowed funds increased by $6.1 million, or 9.3%, to $71.3

Table of Contents

million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The average balance of borrowed funds increased $658.8 million or 20.9%, to $3.82 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was offset by a decrease of 20 basis points in the weighted average cost of borrowings to 1.87% for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Non-Interest Income. Total non-interest income decreased by $2.9 million, or 7.3%, to $37.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Gain on loans, net decreased for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily as a result of fewer loan sales at the Bank. Loan sales at our mortgage subsidiary were consistent year over year. In addition, gain on sale of other real estate owned decreased $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. These decreases were offset by an increase of $2.1 million in gain on securities transactions for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily due to the sale of securities totaling $69.1 million, resulting in a gain of $3.1 million.

Non-Interest Expense. Total non-interest expense was $358.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $30.2 million, or 9.2% as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. Compensation and fringe benefits increased $20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $12.8 million in equity incentive expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 resulting from the restricted stock and stock option grants on June 23, 2015 to certain employees, officers and directors of the Company, pursuant to the Investors Bancorp, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan; additions to our staff to support our growth and continued build out of our risk management and operating infrastructure; as well as normal merit increases. These increases were partially offset by decreases of approximately $1.7 million in benefit expenses related to the freezing of both the defined benefit pension plan and supplemental executive retirement wage replacement plan that was approved by the Board of Directors during the fourth quarter of 2016. Office occupancy and equipment expense increased $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily due to new branch openings. Professional fees and other operating expenses increased $4.0 million and $2.3 million, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2016 as we continue to enhance additional risk management and operational infrastructure as our company grows and we enhance our employee training and development programs. Included in professional fees for the three months ended December 31, 2016 is $840,000 related to the recently announced termination of the Bank of Princeton acquisition.

Income Taxes. Income tax expense was $106.9 million and $99.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting.” ASU No. 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, classification on the statement of cash flows, and accounting for forfeitures. In the fourth quarter of 2016 the Company adopted ASU No. 2016-09. Adjustments to previously reported 2016 interim periods were made to reflect the adoption of this ASU.

The adoption of ASU No. 2016-09 resulted in a tax benefit of $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015 includes a tax benefit realized from revaluing the Company's deferred tax asset as a result of the New York City tax law reform enacted in 2015 and a discrete item related to a net operating loss carryforward on a prior acquisition.

The effective tax rate is affected by the level of income earned that is exempt from tax relative to the overall level of pre-tax income; the level of expenses not deductible for tax purposes relative to the overall level of pre-tax income; the level of income allocated and apportioned to the various state and local jurisdictions where the Company operates, because tax rates differ among such jurisdictions; and the impact of any material but infrequently occurring items.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

Net Income. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $181.5 million compared to net income of $131.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased by $53.1 million, or 9.8%, to $595.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The net interest margin decreased 15 basis points to 3.12% for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 3.27% for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Interest and Dividend Income. Total interest and dividend income increased by $70.9 million, or 10.7%, to $731.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Interest income on loans increased by $60.0 million, or 9.9%, to $663.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as a result of a $1.94 billion, or 14.1%, increase in the average balance of net loans to $15.72 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily attributed to the average balance of multi-family loans, commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans increasing $1.20 billion, $732.5 million and $427.1 million, respectively, partially offset by the average balance of residential loans decreasing $424.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The

Table of Contents

weighted average yield on net loans decreased 16 basis points to 4.22% for the year ended December 31, 2015. Prepayment penalties, which are included in interest income, increased to $21.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Interest income on all other interest-earning assets, excluding loans, increased by $10.9 million, or 18.9%, to $68.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 which is attributable to a $528.1 million increase in the average balance of all other interest-earning assets, excluding loans, to $3.33 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015. The weighted average yield on interest-earning assets, excluding loans, was 2.05% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Interest Expense. Total interest expense increased by $17.7 million, or 14.9%, to $136.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits increased $12.2 million, or 20.6%, to $71.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The average balance of total interest-bearing deposits increased $1.25 billion, or 12.2% to $11.51 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015. In addition the weighted average cost of interest-bearing deposits increased 4 basis points to 0.62% for the year ended December 31, 2015. Interest expense on borrowed funds increased by $5.5 million, or 9.3%, to $65.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The average balance of borrowed funds increased $415.7 million or 15.2%, to $3.16 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was offset by a decrease of 11 basis points in the weighted average cost of borrowings to 2.07% for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Non-Interest Income. Total non-interest income decreased by $1.7 million, or 4.1%, to $40.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The reduction is mainly attributed to decreases in fees and service charges and other income of $2.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015. Included in other income for the year ended December 31, 2014 was a bargain purchase gain of $1.5 million, net of tax, relating to the acquisition of Gateway Community Financial Corp, the federally-chartered holding company for GCF Bank ("Gateway"), which was completed in January 2014. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $2.5 million in gain on loans sales, net for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Non-Interest Expense. Total non-interest expense decreased by $11.5 million, or 3.4%, to $328.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Included in the year ended December 31, 2014 is a contribution of $20.0 million to the Investors Charitable Foundation in conjunction with the second step capital offering in 2014. In addition, FDIC insurance premium decreased $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 due to the continued improvement in asset quality and additional capital raised in the second step offering. Data processing service fees decreased $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $22.4 million. Compensation and fringe benefits increased $14.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, which included $9.2 million related to the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan. For the 2014 period, compensation expense included a charge of $13.0 million related to the accelerated vesting of all stock option and restricted stock awards upon the completion of the second step capital offering in May 2014. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2015, there was a $1.3 million expense related to a payout under an employment agreement with a former executive. Absent the accelerated vesting in 2014, the payout of an employment agreement and the $9.2 million in equity incentive expense for 2015, compensation and fringe benefits increased $16.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was related to staff additions to support our continued growth, normal merit increases and increasing costs associated with employee benefits. For the year ended December 31, 2015 non-interest expenses included $972,000 of expenses to support our core conversion which was completed in August 2015.

Income Taxes. Income tax expense was $99.4 million and $74.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The effective tax rates were 35.4% and 36.2% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

In April 2015, New York City changed their tax law to conform with that of New York State. As a result, the Company analyzed the impact of this change relative to its deferred tax positions. Based on that analysis, the Company revalued the deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2014, resulting in a tax benefit of $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This change will result in the Company's effective tax rate increasing in future periods. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2015 income taxes include a net operating loss carryforward related to a prior acquisition of $4.1 million.

Management of Market Risk

Qualitative Analysis. We believe one significant form of market risk is interest rate risk. Interest rate risk results from

timing differences in the cash flow or re-pricing of our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts (i.e., loan commitments); the effect of loan prepayments, deposit activity; the difference in the behavior of lending and funding rates arising from the uses of different indices; and “yield curve risk” arising from changing interest rate relationships across the term structure of interest rates. Changes in market interest rates can affect net interest income by influencing the amount and rate of new loan originations, the ability of borrowers to repay variable rate loans, the volume of loan prepayments and the mix and flow of deposits.

The general objective of our interest rate risk management process is to determine the appropriate level of risk given our business model and then manage that risk in a manner consistent with our policy to reduce, to the extent possible, the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. Our Asset Liability Committee, which consists of senior management

Table of Contents

and executives, evaluates the interest rate risk inherent in our balance sheet, our operating environment and capital and liquidity requirements and may modify our lending, investing and deposit gathering strategies accordingly. On a quarterly basis, our Board of Directors reviews the Asset Liability Committee report, the aforementioned activities and strategies, the estimated effect of those strategies on our net interest margin and the estimated effect that changes in market interest rates may have on the economic value of our loan and securities portfolios, as well as the intrinsic value of our deposits and borrowings.

We actively evaluate interest rate risk in connection with our lending, investing and deposit activities. At December 31, 2016, 25.1% of our total loan portfolio was comprised of residential mortgages, of which approximately 35% was in variable rate products, while 65% was in fixed rate products. Our variable rate mortgage related assets have helped to reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Fixed-rate products may adversely impact our net interest income in a rising rate environment. The origination of commercial real estate loans, particularly multi-family loans and commercial and industrial loans, which have outpaced the growth in the residential portfolio in recent years, generally help reduce our interest rate risk due to their shorter term compared to fixed rate residential mortgage loans. In addition, we primarily invest in relatively low risk securities, which generally have shorter average lives and lower yields compared to longer term securities.

We use an internally developed industry standard asset/ liability model to complete our quarterly interest rate risk reports. The model projects net interest income based on various interest rate scenarios and horizons. We use a combination of analyses to monitor our exposure to changes in interest rates. Our net interest income sensitivity analysis determines the relative balance between the repricing of assets and liabilities over various horizons. This asset and liability analysis includes expected cash flows from loans and securities, using forecasted prepayment rates as well as contractual and forecasted liability cash flows. This analysis identifies mismatches in the timing of asset and liability cash flows but does not necessarily provide an accurate indicator of interest rate risk because the assumptions used in the analysis may not reflect the actual response of cash flows to market interest rate changes. The economic value of equity ("EVE") analysis estimates the change in the net present value (“NPV”) of assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts over a range of immediately changed interest rate scenarios. In calculating changes in EVE, for the various scenarios we forecast loan and securities prepayment rates, reinvestment rates and deposit decay rates.

Quantitative Analysis.The table below sets forth, as of December 31, 2016, the estimated changes in our EVE and our net interest income that would result from the designated changes in interest rates. Such changes to interest rates are calculated as an immediate and permanent change for the purposes of computing EVE and a gradual change over a one year period for the purposes of computing net interest income. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results. The following table reflects management's expectations of the changes in EVE and net interest income for an interest rate decrease of 100 basis points and increase of 200 basis points.



	EVE (1) (2)							Net Interest Income (3)
Change in Interest Rates (basis points)	Estimated EVE		Estimated Increase (Decrease)					Estimated Net Interest Income		Estimated Increase (Decrease)
Change in Interest Rates (basis points)	Estimated EVE		Amount			Percent		Estimated Net Interest Income		Amount		Percent
	(Dollars in thousands)
+ 200bp	$	4,240,906		(550,731	)	(11.5	)%	$	615,745	(40,933	)	(6.2	)%
0bp	$	4,791,637		—		—		$	656,677	—		—
-100bp	$	4,743,206		(48,431	)	(1.0	)%	$	658,461	1,784		0.3	%


(1)	Assumes an instantaneous and parallel shift in interest rates at all maturities.


(2)	EVE is the net present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.


(3)	Assumes a gradual change in interest rates over a one year period at all maturities.

The table set forth above indicates that at December 31, 2016, in the event of a 200 basis points increase in interest rates, we would be expected to experience a $550.7 million decrease, or 11.5% in EVE and a $40.9 million decrease, or 6.2% in net interest income. In the event of a 100 basis points decrease in interest rates, we would be expected to experience a $48.4 million decrease, or 1.0% in EVE and a $1.8 million increase, or 0.3% in net interest income. This data does not reflect any future actions we may take in response to changes in interest rates, such as changing the mix in or growth of our assets and liabilities, which could change the results of the EVE and net interest income calculations.

As mentioned above, we use an internally developed asset liability model to compute our quarterly interest rate risk reports. Certain shortcomings are inherent in any methodology used in the above interest rate risk measurements. Modeling changes in EVE and net interest income require certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. The EVE and net interest income table presented above assumes no growth and that generally the composition of our interest-rate sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains

Table of Contents

constant over the period being measured and, accordingly, the data does not reflect any actions we may take in response to changes in interest rates. The table also assumes a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve. Accordingly, although the EVE and net interest income table provide an indication of our sensitivity to interest rate changes at a particular point in time, such measurement is not intended to and does not provide a precise forecast of the effects of changes in market interest rates on our EVE and net interest income.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity is the ability to economically meet current and future financial obligations. Our primary sources of funds consists of deposit inflows, loan and security cash flows and various forms of borrowings. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable source of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. Our Asset Liability Committee is responsible for establishing and monitoring our liquidity targets and strategies to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists for meeting the needs of our customers as well as unanticipated contingencies.

A primary source of funds is cash provided by cash flows on loans and securities. Principal repayments on loans for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $3.30 billion, $2.95 billion and $2.14 billion, respectively. Principal repayments on securities for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $671.3 million, $553.2 million and $357.6 million, respectively. There were sales of securities during years ended December 31, 2016 and 2014 of $72.2 million and $70.3 million, respectively. Included in principal repayments for the year ended December 31, 2015 were security payoffs of $2.6 million resulting in a gain. In connection with the second step conversion in 2014, the Company raised net proceeds of $2.15 billion and used approximately half of the proceeds to pay down maturing, short term borrowings.

In addition to cash provided by principal and interest payments on loans and securities, our other sources of funds include cash provided by operating activities, deposits and borrowings. Net cash provided by operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 totaled $227.1 million, $533.1 million and $277.4 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 deposits increased $1.22 billion and $1.89 billion, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2014, excluding the deposits from the Gateway Financial acquisition, total deposits increased by $1.20 billion. Deposit flows are affected by the overall level of and direction of changes in market interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by us and our local competitors, and other factors.

For the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 net borrowed funds increased $1.28 billion and $497.0 million, respectively. Excluding borrowed funds assumed in the Gateway Financial acquisition, net borrowed funds decreased by $606.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The Company used approximately half of the proceeds from its second step capital offering in May 2014 to pay down maturing, short-term borrowings. The increases in borrowings was largely due to new loan originations outpacing deposit growth.

Our primary use of funds are for the origination and purchase of loans and the purchase of securities. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, we originated loans of $5.08 billion, $4.92 billion and $3.76 billion, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 we purchased loans of $141.6 million and $198.6 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, excluding loans acquired in the acquisition of Gateway Financial, we purchased loans of $233.9 million. During the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 we purchased securities of $1.04 billion and $957.9 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, excluding the securities acquired in the Gateway Financial acquisition, we purchased securities of $1.52 billion. In addition, we utilized $363.4 million, $382.9 million and $13.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, to repurchase shares of our common stock under our stock repurchase plans.

At December 31, 2016, we had commitments to originate commercial loans of $451.2 million. Additionally, we had commitments to originate residential loans of approximately $113.9 million, commitments to purchase residential loans of $151.6 million and unused home equity and overdraft lines of credit, and undisbursed business and constructions loans, totaling approximately $1.07 billion. Certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2016 totaled $1.87 billion, or 12.2% of total deposits. If these deposits do not remain with us, we will be required to seek other sources of funds, including but not limited to other certificates of deposit and FHLB advances. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit due on or before December 31, 2016.

Liquidity management is both a short and long-term function of business management. Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets depend upon our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2016, cash and cash equivalents totaled $164.2 million. Securities, which provide additional sources of liquidity, totaled $3.42 billion at December 31, 2016. If we require funds beyond our ability to generate them internally, borrowing agreements exist with the FHLB and other financial institutions, which provide an additional source of funds. At December 31,

Table of Contents

2016, our borrowing capacity at the FHLB was $10.25 billion, of which the Company had outstanding borrowings of $4.41 billion and outstanding letters of credit of $2.92 billion. In addition, the Bank had uncommitted unsecured overnight borrowing lines with other institutions totaling $325.0 million, of which no balance was outstanding at December 31, 2016.

Investors Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. At December 31, 2016, Investors Bank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements. Investors Bank is considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. See “Item 1. Supervision and Regulation — Federal Banking Regulation — Capital Requirements.”

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our future cash requirements, a significant portion of our commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval processes that we use for loans that we originate.

Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include operating leases for premises and equipment.

The following table summarizes our significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations and other funding needs by payment date at December 31, 2016. The payment amounts represent those amounts due to the recipient and do not include any unamortized premiums or discounts or other similar carrying amount adjustments.



	Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations	Less than One Year		One to Three Years		Three to Five Years		More than Five Years		Total
	(In thousands)
Other borrowed funds	$	960,000	$	1,350,567	$	1,375,000	$	705,853	$	4,391,420
Repurchase agreements	23,629		131,202		—		—		154,831
Operating leases	23,004		66,891		53,484		94,649		238,028
Total	$	1,006,633	$	1,548,660	$	1,428,484	$	800,502	$	4,784,279

The Company has entered into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to the Company’s borrowings. For the year ended December 31, 2016, such derivatives were used to hedge the variability in cash flows associated with certain short term wholesale funding transactions. The fair value of the derivative as of December 31, 2016 was an asset of $12.6 million.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and related notes of Investors Bancorp, Inc. have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on performance than the effects of inflation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Table of Contents

behalf for withheld shares should be presented as a financing activity on its cash flows statement, and provides an accounting policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur. On December 31, 2016, The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-09 cumulatively, effective for the first quarter of 2016. Upon adoption, the Company recorded an cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balances of retained earnings and additional paid in capital. The ASU No. 2016-09 requires that excess tax benefits and shortfalls be recorded as income tax benefit or expense in the income statement, rather than equity. This resulted in a benefit to income tax expense in each of the quarters of 2016. Relative to forfeitures, ASU No. 2016-09 allows an entity’s accounting policy election to either continue to estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest, as under current guidance, or account for forfeitures when they occur. The Company has elected to continue its existing practice of estimating the number of awards that will be forfeited. The income tax effects of ASU No. 2016-09 on the statement of cash flows are now classified as cash flows from operating activities, rather than cash flows from financing activities. The Company elected to apply this cash flow classification guidance prospectively and, therefore, prior periods have not been adjusted. ASU No. 2016-09 also requires the presentation of certain employee withholding taxes as a financing activity on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows; this is consistent with the manner in which we have presented such employee withholding taxes in the past. Accordingly, no reclassification for prior periods is required.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, "Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory." This ASU addresses the recognition of current and deferred taxes for an intra-entity asset transfer and amends current GAAP by eliminating the exception for intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory to defer such recognition until sale to an outside party. ASU No. 2016-16 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual period for which financial statements (interim or annual) have not been made available for issuance. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of ASU No. 2016-16 to determine the potential impact the new standard will have on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, "Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash

Receipts and Cash Payments", a new standard which addresses diversity in practice related to eight specific cash flow issues: debt prepayment or extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies (including bank-owned life insurance policies), distributions received from equity method investees, beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. ASU No. 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Entities will apply the standard’s provisions using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. If it is impracticable to apply the amendments retrospectively for some of the issues, the amendments for those issues would be applied prospectively as of the earliest date practicable. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of ASU No. 2016-15 to determine the potential impact the new standard will have on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” This ASU

significantly changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that aren’t

measured at fair value through net income. In issuing the standard, the FASB is responding to criticism that today’s guidance

delays recognition of credit losses. The standard will replace today’s “incurred loss” approach with an “expected loss” model. The new model, referred to as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model, will apply to: (1) financial assets subject to credit losses and measured at amortized cost, and (2) certain off-balance sheet credit exposures. This includes, but is not limited to, loans, leases, held-to-maturity securities, loan commitments, and financial guarantees. The CECL model does not apply to available-for-sale (“AFS”) debt securities. For AFS debt securities with unrealized losses, entities will measure credit losses in a manner similar to what they do today, except that the losses will be recognized as allowances rather than reductions in the amortized cost of the securities. As a result, entities will recognize improvements to estimated credit losses immediately in earnings rather than as interest income over time, as they do today. The ASU also simplifies the accounting model for purchased credit-impaired debt securities and loans. ASU 2016-13 also expands the disclosure requirements regarding an entity’s assumptions, models, and methods for estimating the allowance for loan and lease losses. In addition, entities will need to disclose the amortized cost balance for each class of financial asset by credit quality indicator, disaggregated by the year of origination. ASU No. 2016-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019; early adoption is permitted for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Entities will apply the standard’s provisions as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective (i.e., modified retrospective approach). While early adoption is permitted, the Company does not expect to elect that option. The Company has begun its evaluation of the amended guidance including the potential impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements. The extent of the change is indeterminable at this time as it will be dependent upon portfolio composition and credit quality at the adoption date, as well as economic conditions and forecasts at that time.

Table of Contents

after December 15, 2018, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. A modified retrospective approach must be applied for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of the guidance, including determining whether other contracts exist that are deemed to be in scope. As such, no conclusions have yet been reached regarding the potential impact on adoption on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, “Financial Instruments- Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” This amendment supersedes the guidance to classify equity securities with readily determinable fair values into different categories, requires equity securities to be measured at fair value with changes in the fair value recognized through net income, and simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values. The amendment requires public business entities that are required to disclose the fair value of financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet to measure that fair value using the exit price notion. The amendment requires an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option. The amendment requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or in the accompanying notes to the financial statements. The amendment reduces diversity in current practice by clarifying that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available for sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Entities should apply the amendment by means of a cumulative effect adjustment as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption, with the exception of the amendment related to equity securities without readily determinable fair values, which should be applied prospectively to equity investments that exist as of the date of adoption. The Company intends to adopt the accounting standard during the first quarter of 2018, as required, and is currently evaluating the impact on its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers." The objective of this amendment is to clarify the principles for recognizing revenue and to develop a common revenue standard for U.S. GAAP and IFRS. This update affects any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are in the scope of other standards. The ASU is effective for public business entities for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and early adoption is permitted. Subsequently, the FASB issued the following standards related to ASU 2014-09: ASU 2016-08, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations” ; ASU 2016-10, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing”; ASU 2016-11, “Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Rescission of SEC Guidance Because of Accounting Standards Updates 2014-09 and 2014-16 Pursuant to Staff Announcements at the March 3, 2016 EITF Meeting”; and ASU 2016-12, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients”. These amendments are intended to improve and clarify the implementation guidance of ASU 2014-09 and have the same effective date as the original standard. The Company's revenue is comprised of net interest income on interest earning assets and liabilities and non-interest income. The scope of guidance explicitly excludes net interest income as well as other revenues associated with financial assets and liabilities, including loans, leases, securities and derivatives. Accordingly, the majority of the Company's revenues will not be affected.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, “Business Combinations- Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments." Under the new rules, acquirers no longer have to retrospectively adjust provisional amounts included in acquisition-date financial statements, when final facts and circumstances are not known on the acquisition date, and later become known in the measurement period. Instead, adjustments that are made in a later period are to be reported in that period. However, acquirers must disclose the amount of adjustments to current period income relating to amounts that would have been recognized in previous periods if the adjustments were recognized as of the acquisition date. For public business entities, the guidance in the ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. This guidance did not have a material impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.” The ASU changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements. Under the ASU, an entity presents such costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. Amortization of the costs is reported as interest expense. According to the ASU’s Basis for Conclusions, debt issuance costs incurred before the associated funding is received should be reported on the balance sheet as deferred charges until that debt liability amount is recorded. For public business entities, the guidance in the ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. This guidance did not have a material impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

events that require a remeasurement that occur during the period between a month-end measurement date and the employer’s fiscal year-end. An entity should reflect the effects of those contributions or significant events in the measurement of the retirement benefit obligations and related plan assets. The ASU is effective for public business entities for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. This guidance did not have a material impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements.



ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

For information regarding market risk see “Item 7. - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”



ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The Financial Statements are included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Form 10-K.



ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.



ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.

With the participation of management, the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2016. Based upon that evaluation, the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that, as of that date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

(b) Changes in internal controls.

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2016 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

The management of Investors Bancorp, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Investors Bancorp’s internal control system is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of Investors Bancorp; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Investors Bancorp’s assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Table of Contents

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Investors Bancorp’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Based on our assessment we believe that, as of December 31, 2016, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

Investors Bancorp’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. This report appears on page 69.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 302 Certifications have been filed with the SEC as Exhibit 31.1 and Exhibit 31.2 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.



ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

Part III



ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information regarding directors, executive officers and corporate governance of the Company is incorporated herein by reference in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 23, 2017.



ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information regarding executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 23, 2017.



ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by reference in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 23, 2017. Information regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated here in by reference in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 23, 2017.



ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence is incorporated herein by reference in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 23, 2017.



ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Information regarding principal accounting fees and services is incorporated herein by reference in Investors Bancorp’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 23, 2017.

Table of Contents

Part IV



ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) (1) Financial Statements

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Investors Bancorp, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 1, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Short Hills, New Jersey

March 1, 2017

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Investors Bancorp, Inc.:

We have audited Investors Bancorp, Inc.'s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Investors Bancorp, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, and our report dated March 1, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Short Hills, New Jersey

March 1, 2017

Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets



	December 31, 2016			December 31, 2015
	(In thousands except share data)
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	164,178		148,904
Securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value	1,660,433			1,304,697
Securities held-to-maturity, net (estimated fair value of $1,782,801 and $1,888,686 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)	1,755,556			1,844,223
Loans receivable, net	18,569,855			16,661,133
Loans held-for-sale	38,298			7,431
Federal Home Loan Bank stock	237,878			178,437
Accrued interest receivable	65,969			58,563
Other real estate owned	4,492			6,283
Office properties and equipment, net	177,417			172,519
Net deferred tax asset	222,277			237,367
Bank owned life insurance	161,940			159,152
Goodwill and intangible assets	101,839			105,311
Other assets	14,543			4,664
Total assets	$	23,174,675		20,888,684
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Liabilities:
Deposits	$	15,280,833		14,063,656
Borrowed funds	4,546,251			3,263,090
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance	105,851			108,721
Other liabilities	118,495			141,570
Total liabilities	20,051,430			17,577,037
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 authorized shares; none issued	—			—
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 359,070,852 issued at December 31, 2016 and 2015; 309,449,388 and 334,894,181 outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively	3,591			3,591
Additional paid-in capital	2,765,732			2,785,503
Retained earnings	1,053,750			936,040
Treasury stock, at cost; 49,621,464 and 24,176,671 shares at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively	(587,974		)	(295,412	)
Unallocated common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan	(87,254		)	(90,250	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(24,600		)	(27,825	)
Total stockholders’ equity	3,123,245			3,311,647
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	23,174,675		20,888,684

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income



	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2016		2015	2014
	(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Interest and dividend income:
Loans receivable and loans held-for-sale	$	715,901	663,424	603,438
Securities:
Equity	198		123	115
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations	36		45	46
Mortgage-backed securities	60,211		55,096	44,183
Municipal bonds and other debt	7,713		5,929	5,667
Interest-bearing deposits	342		225	552
Federal Home Loan Bank stock	9,120		6,881	6,861
Total interest and dividend income	793,521		731,723	660,862
Interest expense:
Deposits	82,057		71,414	59,206
Borrowed Funds	71,279		65,225	59,685
Total interest expense	153,336		136,639	118,891
Net interest income	640,185		595,084	541,971
Provision for loan losses	19,750		26,000	37,500
Net interest income after provision for loan losses	620,435		569,084	504,471
Non-interest income
Fees and service charges	17,148		17,119	19,399
Income on bank owned life insurance	4,423		3,948	4,652
Gain on loans, net	4,787		7,786	5,257
Gain on securities transactions, net	3,100		1,036	1,546
Gain on sale of other real estate owned, net	96		1,631	809
Other income	7,647		8,605	10,198
Total non-interest income	37,201		40,125	41,861
Non-interest expense
Compensation and fringe benefits	206,698		186,320	172,068
Advertising and promotional expense	8,644		10,988	12,238
Office occupancy and equipment expense	56,220		50,865	49,668
Federal deposit insurance premiums	12,183		9,050	14,390
General and administrative	3,131		4,372	4,238
Professional fees	20,104		16,104	14,672
Data processing and communication	21,043		22,366	25,333
Contribution to charitable foundation	—		—	20,000
Other operating expenses	30,541		28,267	27,253
Total non-interest expenses	358,564		328,332	339,860
Income before income tax expense	299,072		280,877	206,472
Income tax expense	106,947		99,372	74,751
Net income	$	192,125	181,505	131,721
Basic earnings per share	$	0.65	0.55	0.38
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.64	0.55	0.38
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic	297,580,834		329,763,527	344,389,259
Diluted	300,954,885		332,933,448	347,731,571

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income



	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2016			2015		2014
	(In thousands)
Net income	$	192,125		181,505		131,721
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Change in funded status of retirement obligations	7,471			(1,455	)	(5,042	)
Unrealized (loss) gain on securities available-for-sale	(12,284		)	(4,933	)	5,952
Accretion of loss on securities reclassified to held to maturity	1,092			1,448		1,726
Reclassification adjustment for security gains included in net income	(1,358		)	(1,547	)	(138	)
Other-than-temporary impairment accretion on debt securities	880			1,066		794
Net gains on derivatives arising during the period	7,424			—		—
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	3,225			(5,421	)	3,292
Total comprehensive income	$	195,350		176,084		135,013

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

Year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014



	Common stock			Additional paid-in capital		Retained earnings		Treasury stock		Unallocated Common Stock Held by ESOP		Accumulated other comprehensive loss		Total stockholders’ equity
	(In thousands except share data)
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	1,519		720,766		734,563		(67,046	)	(29,779	)	(25,696	)	1,334,327
Net income	—			—		131,721		—		—		—		131,721
Other comprehensive income, net of tax	—			—		—		—		—		3,292		3,292
Corporate Reorganization
Conversion of Investors Bancorp, MHC (213,963,274 shares)	2,140			2,091,579		—		—		—		—		2,093,719
Purchase by ESOP (6,617,421 shares)	66			66,108		—		—		(66,174	)	—		—
Treasury stock retired (14,293,439 shares)	(143		)	(64,126	)	—		64,269		—		—		—
Contribution of MHC	—			—		12,652		—		—		—		12,652
Equity from Gateway acquisition	—			22,000		—		—		—		—		22,000
Purchase of treasury stock (1,295,193 shares)	—			—		—		(13,523	)	—		—		(13,523	)
Treasury stock allocated to restricted stock plan	—			(390	)	258		132		—		—		—
Compensation cost for stock options and restricted stock	—			13,701		—		—		—		—		13,701
Net tax benefit from stock-based compensation	—			3,710		—		—		—		—		3,710
Option Exercise	9			8,764		—		5,037		—		—		13,810
Cash dividend paid ($0.12 per common share)	—			—		(42,555	)	—		—		—		(42,555	)
ESOP shares allocated or committed to be released	—			2,294		—		—		2,707		—		5,001
Balance at December 31, 2014	3,591			2,864,406		836,639		(11,131	)	(93,246	)	(22,404	)	3,577,855
Net income	—			—		181,505		—		—		—		181,505
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax	—			—		—		—		—		(5,421	)	(5,421	)
Purchase of treasury stock (31,576,421 shares)	—			—		—		(382,922	)	—		—		(382,922	)
Treasury stock allocated to restricted stock plan (6,849,832 shares)	—			(85,897	)	5,472		80,425		—		—		—
Compensation cost for stock options and restricted stock	—			9,220		—		—		—		—		9,220
Net tax benefit from stock-based compensation	—			2,985		—		—		—		—		2,985
Option exercise	—			(9,045	)	—		19,164		—		—		10,119
Common stock repurchased for restricted stock plan (90,000 shares)	—			1,129		(181	)	(948	)	—		—		—

Table of Contents



Cash dividend paid ($0.25 per common share)	—	—		(87,395	)	—		—		—		(87,395	)
ESOP shares allocated or committed to be released	—	2,705		—		—		2,996		—		5,701
Balance at December 31, 2015	3,591	2,785,503		936,040		(295,412	)	(90,250	)	(27,825	)	3,311,647
Cumulative effect of adopting ASU No. 2016-09	—	(8,051	)	8,051		—		—		—		—
Net income	—	—		192,125		—		—		—		192,125
Other comprehensive income, net of tax	—	—		—		—		—		3,225		3,225
Purchase of treasury stock (31,336,369 shares)	—	—		—		(363,410	)	—		—		(363,410	)
Treasury stock allocated to restricted stock plan (276,890 shares)	—	(3,237	)	(85	)	3,322		—		—		—
Compensation cost for stock options and restricted stock	—	21,975		—		—		—		—		21,975
Option exercise	—	(34,325	)	—		68,642		—		—		34,317
Common stock repurchased for restricted stock plan (100,205 shares)	—	1,206		(90	)	(1,116	)	—		—		—
Cash dividend paid ($0.26 per common share)	—	—		(82,291	)			—		—		(82,291	)
ESOP shares allocated or committed to be released	—	2,661		—		—		2,996		—		5,657
Balance at December 31, 2016	3,591	2,765,732		1,053,750		(587,974	)	(87,254	)	(24,600	)	3,123,245

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows



	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2016			2015		2014
	(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	192,125		181,505		131,721
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Contribution of stock to charitable foundation	—			—		10,000
ESOP and stock-based compensation expense	27,632			14,921		18,702
Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on securities, net	13,702			13,943		10,173
Amortization of premiums and accretion of fees and costs on loans, net	(4,508		)	(10,122	)	(1,794	)
Amortization of intangible assets	2,881			3,350		3,806
Provision for loan losses	19,750			26,000		37,500
Depreciation and amortization of office properties and equipment	16,190			13,930		13,151
Gain on securities transactions, net	(3,100		)	(1,036	)	(1,546	)
Mortgage loans originated for sale	(245,792		)	(238,608	)	(150,099	)
Proceeds from mortgage loan sales	219,078			590,636		186,747
Gain on sales of mortgage loans, net	(4,154		)	(5,258	)	(2,832	)
Gain on sale of other real estate owned	(96		)	(1,631	)	(809	)
Gain on bargain purchase of acquisitions	—			—		(1,482	)
Income on bank owned life insurance	(4,423		)	(3,948	)	(4,652	)
Increase in accrued interest receivable	(7,406		)	(3,296	)	(7,100	)
Deferred tax expense (benefit)	11,640			(3,180	)	(9,786	)
Decrease in other assets	3,479			4,245		4,425
Net tax benefit from stock-based compensation	10,414			—		—
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities	(20,276		)	(48,317	)	41,263
Total adjustments	35,011			351,629		145,667
Net cash provided by operating activities	227,136			533,134		277,388
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of loans receivable	(141,562		)	(198,623	)	(233,856	)
Net originations of loans receivable	(1,795,505		)	(1,990,008	)	(1,650,629	)
Proceeds from sale of loans held for investment	10,398			49,938		2,425
Gain on disposition of loans held for investment	(646		)	(2,528	)	(2,425	)
Net proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate	5,021			7,104		7,614
Proceeds from principal repayments/calls/maturities of securities available for sale	302,769			252,683		174,255
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale	57,879			—		51,093
Proceeds from principal repayments/calls/maturities of securities held to maturity	368,543			300,549		183,482
Proceeds from sales of securities held to maturity	14,348			—		19,177
Purchases of securities available for sale	(744,380		)	(375,605	)	(587,952	)
Purchases of securities held to maturity	(295,157		)	(582,337	)	(930,256	)

Table of Contents



Proceeds from redemptions of Federal Home Loan Bank stock	215,142			157,342		143,707
Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank stock	(274,583		)	(184,492	)	(116,403	)
Purchases of office properties and equipment	(21,088		)	(25,550	)	(31,655	)
Death benefit proceeds from bank owned life insurance	875			6,405		5,455
Cash received from MHC for merger	—			—		11,307
Cash received, net of cash consideration paid for acquisitions	—			—		17,917
Net cash used in investing activities	(2,297,946		)	(2,585,122	)	(2,936,744	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net increase in deposits	1,217,177			1,891,330		1,198,843
Net proceeds from sale of common stock	—			—		2,149,893
Loan to ESOP for purchase of common stock	—			—		(66,174	)
Repayments of funds borrowed under other repurchase agreements	—			(10,000	)	(98,205	)
Net increase (decrease) in other borrowings	1,283,161			506,986		(508,150	)
Net (decrease) increase in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance	(2,870		)	38,828		1,979
Dividends paid	(82,291		)	(87,395	)	(42,555	)
Exercise of stock options	34,317			10,119		13,810
Purchase of treasury stock	(363,410		)	(382,922	)	(13,523	)
Net tax benefit from stock-based compensation	—			2,985		3,710
Net cash provided by financing activities	2,086,084			1,969,931		2,639,628
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	15,274			(82,057	)	(19,728	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	148,904			230,961		250,689
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	164,178		148,904		230,961
Supplemental cash flow information:
Non-cash investing activities:
Real estate acquired through foreclosure	3,351			4,448		6,404
Transfer of loans to loans held for sale	—			347,955		32,411
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	152,807			135,930		118,140
Income taxes	117,127			88,169		85,796
Acquisitions:
Non-cash assets acquired:
Investment securities available for sale	$	—		—		50,347
Loans	—			—		195,062
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net	—			—		1,853
Other assets	—			—		21,343
Total non-cash assets acquired	—			—		268,605
Liabilities assumed:
Deposits	—			—		254,672
Borrowings	—			—		5,185
Other liabilities	—			—		3,184
Total liabilities assumed	—			—		263,041
Net non-cash assets acquired	—			—		5,564
Common stock issued for acquisitions	—			—		—

Table of Contents

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The following significant accounting and reporting policies of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), and are used in preparing and presenting these consolidated financial statements.


(a)	Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements are comprised of the accounts of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, including Investors Bank (the "Bank") and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company"). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications have been made in the consolidated financial statements to conform with current year classifications. In the opinion of management, all the adjustments (consisting of normal and recurring adjustments) necessary for the fair presentation of the consolidated financial condition and the consolidated results of operations for the periods presented have been included. The results of operations and other data presented for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for subsequent years.

In January 1997, the Bank completed a Plan of Mutual Holding Company Reorganization, utilizing the multi-tier mutual holding company structure. In a series of steps, the Bank formed a Delaware-chartered stock corporation (Investors Bancorp, Inc.) which owned 100% of the common stock of the Bank and formed a New Jersey-chartered mutual holding company (Investors Bancorp, MHC) which initially owned all of the common stock of Investors Bancorp, Inc. On October 11, 2005, Investors Bancorp, Inc. completed an initial public stock offering. See Note 2.

On May 7, 2014, Investors Bancorp, MHC, Investors Bancorp, Inc. and the Bank completed the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company (the “Plan”) in which the Bank reorganized from a two-tier mutual holding company structure to a fully public stock holding company structure. The Company raised net proceeds of $2.15 billion by selling a total of 219,580,695 shares of common stock at $10.00 per share in the second step stock offering and issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock to the Investors Charitable Foundation. Concurrent with the completion of the stock offering, each share of Old Investors Bancorp common stock owned by public stockholders (stockholders other than Investors Bancorp, MHC) was exchanged for 2.55 shares of Company common stock. A total of 137,560,968 shares of Company common stock were issued in the exchange. The conversion was accounted for as a capital raising transaction by entities under common control. The historical financial results of Investors Bancorp, MHC are immaterial to the results of the Company and therefore upon completion of the conversion, the net assets of Investors Bancorp, MHC were merged into the Company and are reflected as an increase to stockholders' equity. In addition, the second step conversion resulted in the accelerated vesting of all outstanding stock awards as of the conversion date. The withholding of shares for payment of taxes with respect to these awards resulted in treasury stock of 1,101,694 shares. As a result of the conversion, all share information has been revised to reflect the 2.55- to- one exchange ratio. Financial information presented in this Form 10-K is derived in part from the consolidated financial statements of Old Investors Bancorp and subsidiaries. See Note 2.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. The estimate of our allowance for loan losses, the valuation of mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”), the valuation of deferred tax assets, impairment judgments regarding goodwill and fair value, impairment of securities, stock based compensation and derivative instruments are particularly critical because they involve a higher degree of complexity and subjectivity and require estimates and assumptions about highly uncertain matters. Actual results may differ from our estimates and assumptions. The current economic environment has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in these material estimates.

Business

Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s primary business is holding the common stock of the Bank and a loan to the Investors Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan. The Bank provides banking services to customers primarily through branch offices in New Jersey and New York. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions and is subject to the regulations of certain federal and state regulatory authorities and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.


(b)	Cash Equivalents

Table of Contents

Cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, amounts due from banks and interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions. The Company is required by the Federal Reserve System to maintain cash reserves equal to a percentage of certain deposits. The reserve requirement totaled $62.8 million at December 31, 2016 and $43.4 million at December 31, 2015.


(c)	Securities

Securities include securities held-to-maturity and securities available-for-sale. Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. If management has the positive intent not to sell and the Company would not be required to sell prior to maturity, they are classified as held-to-maturity securities. Such securities are stated at amortized cost, adjusted for unamortized purchase premiums and discounts. Securities in the available-for-sale category are debt and mortgage-backed securities which the Company may sell prior to maturity, and all marketable equity securities. Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value with any unrealized appreciation or depreciation, net of tax effects, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income/loss in stockholders’ equity. Discounts and premiums on securities are accreted or amortized using the level-yield method over the estimated lives of the securities, including the effect of prepayments. Realized gains and losses are recognized when securities are sold or called using the specific identification method.

The Company periodically evaluates the security portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment. Other-than-temporary impairment means the Company believes the security’s impairment is due to factors that could include its inability to pay interest or dividends, its potential for default, and/or other factors. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 320, “Investments — Debt and Equity Securities”, when a held to maturity or available for sale debt security is assessed for other-than-temporary impairment, the Company has to first consider (a) whether it intends to sell the security, and (b) whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. If one of these circumstances applies to a security, an other-than-temporary impairment loss is recognized in the statement of income equal to the full amount of the decline in fair value below amortized cost. If neither of these circumstances applies to a security, but the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment loss has occurred that must be separated into two categories: (a) the amount related to credit loss, and (b) the amount related to other factors. In assessing the level of other-than-temporary impairment attributable to credit loss, the Company compares the present value of cash flows expected to be collected with the amortized cost basis of the security. The portion of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to credit loss is recognized in earnings, while the amount related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. The total other-than-temporary impairment loss is presented in the statement of income, less the portion recognized in other comprehensive income. When a debt security becomes other-than-temporarily impaired, its amortized cost basis is reduced to reflect the portion of the total impairment related to credit loss.

To determine whether a security’s impairment is other-than-temporary, the Company considers factors that include, the duration and severity of the impairment; the Company’s ability and intent to hold security investments until they recover in value (as well as the likelihood of such a recovery in the near term); the Company’s intent to sell security investments; and whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell such securities before recovery of their individual amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss. For debt securities, the primary consideration in determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary is whether or not it is probable that current or future contractual cash flows have been or may be impaired.


(d)	Loans Receivable, Net

Loans receivable, other than loans held-for-sale, are stated at unpaid principal balance, adjusted by unamortized premiums and unearned discounts, net deferred origination fees and costs, net purchase accounting adjustments and the allowance for loan losses. Interest income on loans is accrued and credited to income as earned. Premiums and discounts on purchased loans and net loan origination fees and costs are deferred and amortized to interest income over the estimated life of the loan as an adjustment to yield.

The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses charged to earnings and is decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. The provision for loan losses is based on management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance which considers, among other things, the Company’s past loan loss experience (using the appropriate look-back and loss emergence periods), known and inherent risks in the portfolio, existing adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and current economic conditions. While management uses available information to recognize estimated losses on loans, future additions may be necessary based on changes in economic or other conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based upon their judgments and information available to them at the time of their examinations.

A loan is considered delinquent when we have not received a payment within 30 days of its contractual due date. The accrual of income on loans is discontinued when interest or principal payments are 90 days in arrears or when the timely collection of such income is doubtful. Loans on which the accrual of income has been discontinued are designated as non-accrual loans and

Table of Contents

outstanding interest previously credited is reversed. Interest income on non-accrual loans and impaired loans is recognized in the period collected unless the ultimate collection of principal is considered doubtful. A loan is returned to accrual status when all amounts due have been received and the remaining principal is deemed collectible. Loans are generally charged off after an analysis is completed which indicates that collectability of the full principal balance is in doubt.

The Company defines an impaired loan as a loan for which it is probable, based on current information, that the lender will not collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Company evaluates commercial loans with an outstanding balance greater than $1.0 million and on non-accrual status, loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”), and other commercial loans greater than $1.0 million outstanding balance if management has specific information that it is probable they will not collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement for impairment. Impaired loans are individually evaluated to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the collateral or the present value of the expected future cash flows. Smaller balance homogeneous loans are evaluated for impairment collectively unless they are modified in a trouble debt restructure. Such loans include residential mortgage loans, consumer loans, and loans not meeting the Company’s definition of impaired, and are specifically excluded from impaired loans.

Purchased Credit-Impaired ("PCI") loans, are loans acquired at a discount that is due, in part, to credit quality. PCI loans are accounted for in accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30 and are initially recorded at fair value (as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows) with no valuation allowance (i.e., the allowance for loan losses). The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the initial carrying amount (fair value) of the PCI loans, or the “accretable yield,” is recognized as interest income utilizing the level-yield method over the life of the loans. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “non-accretable difference,” are not recognized as a yield adjustment, as a loss accrual or a valuation allowance. Reclassifications of the non-accretable difference to the accretable yield may occur subsequent to the loan acquisition dates due to increases in expected cash flows of the loans and result in an increase in yield on a prospective basis.


(e)	Loans Held-for-Sale

Loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, as determined on an aggregate basis. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized in a valuation allowance through charges to earnings. Premiums and discounts and origination fees and costs on loans held-for-sale are deferred and recognized as a component of the gain or loss on sale. Gains and losses on sales of loans held-for-sale are recognized on settlement dates and are determined by the difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying value of the loans. These transactions are accounted for as sales based on our satisfaction of the criteria for such accounting which provide that, as transferor, we have surrendered control over the loans.


(f)	Stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank

The Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”), is required to hold shares of capital stock of the FHLB based on our activities, primarily our outstanding borrowings, with the FHLB. The stock is carried at cost, less any impairment.


(g)	Office Properties and Equipment, Net

Land is carried at cost. Office buildings, leasehold improvements and furniture, fixtures and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Office buildings and furniture, fixtures and equipment are depreciated using an accelerated basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the terms of the respective leases or the lives of the assets, whichever is shorter.


(h)	Bank Owned Life Insurance

Bank owned life insurance is carried at the amount that could be realized under the Company’s life insurance contracts as of the date of the consolidated balance sheets and is classified as a non-interest earning asset. Increases in the carrying value are recorded as non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income and insurance proceeds received are generally recorded as a reduction of the carrying value. The carrying value consists of cash surrender value of $152.8 million at December 31, 2016 and $152.5 million at December 31, 2015 and a claims stabilization reserve of $9.1 million at December 31, 2016 and $6.6 million at December 31, 2015. Repayment of the claims stabilization reserve (funds transferred from the cash surrender value to provide for future death benefit payments) and the deferred acquisition costs (costs incurred by the insurance carrier for the policy issuance) is guaranteed by the insurance carrier provided that certain conditions are met at the date on which a contract is surrendered. The Company satisfied these conditions at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Table of Contents


(i)	Intangible Assets

Goodwill. Goodwill is presumed to have an indefinite useful life and is tested, at least annually, for impairment at the reporting unit level. Impairment exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. For purposes of our goodwill impairment testing, we have identified the Bank as a single reporting unit.

At December 31, 2016, the carrying amount of our goodwill totaled $77.6 million. In connection with our annual impairment assessment we applied the guidance in FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment, which permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company’s qualitative assessment concluded that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount and, therefore, the two-step goodwill impairment test was not required.

Mortgage Servicing Rights. The Company recognizes as separate assets the rights to service mortgage loans. The right to service loans for others is generally obtained through the sale of loans with servicing retained. The initial asset recognized for originated mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) is measured at fair value. The fair value of MSR is estimated by reference to current market values of similar loans sold with servicing released. MSR are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income. We apply the amortization method for measurements of our MSR. MSR are assessed for impairment based on fair value at each reporting date. MSR impairment, if any, is recognized in a valuation allowance through charges to earnings as a component of fees and service charges. Subsequent increases in the fair value of impaired MSR are recognized only up to the amount of the previously recognized valuation allowance. Fees earned for servicing loans are reported as income when the related mortgage loan payments are collected.

Core Deposit Premiums. Core deposit premiums represent the intangible value of depositor relationships assumed in purchase acquisitions and are amortized on an accelerated basis over 10 years. The Company periodically evaluates the value of core deposit premiums to ensure the carrying amount exceeds it implied fair value.


(j)	Other Real Estate Owned

Real estate owned (“REO”) consists of properties acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure. Such assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling costs, based on independent appraisals. Write-downs required at the time of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Thereafter, decreases in the properties’ estimated fair value are charged to income along with any additional property maintenance and protection expenses incurred in owning the properties.


(k)	Borrowed Funds

Our FHLB borrowings, frequently referred to as advances, are over collateralized by our residential and non residential mortgage portfolios as well as qualified investment securities.

The Bank also enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase with selected brokers and the FHLB. The securities underlying the agreements are delivered to the counterparty who agrees to resell to the Bank the identical securities at the maturity or call of the agreement. These agreements are recorded as financing transactions, as the Bank maintains effective control over the transferred securities, and no gain or loss is recognized. The dollar amount of the securities underlying the agreements continues to be carried in the Bank’s securities portfolio. The obligations to repurchase the securities are reported as a liability in the consolidated balance sheets.


(l)	Income Taxes

The Company records income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” as amended, using the asset and liability method. Accordingly, deferred tax assets and liabilities: (i) are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns; (ii) are attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases; and (iii) are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years when those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Where applicable, deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance for any portions determined not likely to be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period of enactment. The valuation allowance is adjusted, by a charge or credit to income tax expense, as changes in facts and circumstances warrant. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, where applicable, in income tax expense.

Table of Contents


(m)	Employee Benefits

The Company has a defined benefit pension plan which covers all employees who satisfy the eligibility requirements. The Company participates in a multiemployer plan. Costs of the pension plan are based on the contributions required to be made to the plan.

The Company has two Supplemental Employee Retirement Plans (“SERPs”). The SERPs are a nonqualified, defined benefit plans which provide benefits to certain eligible employees of the Company whose benefits and/or contributions under the pension plan are limited by the Internal Revenue Code. The Company also has a nonqualified, defined benefit plan which provides benefits to its directors. The SERPs and the Directors’ Plan are unfunded and the costs of the plans are recognized over the period that services are provided.

The Company has a 401(k) plan covering substantially all employees. The Company matches 50% of the first 6% contributed by participants and recognizes expense as its contributions are made.

The employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) is accounted for in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718-40, “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans.” The funds borrowed by the ESOP from the Company to purchase the Company’s common stock are being repaid from the Bank’s contributions over a period of up to 30 years. The Company’s common stock not yet allocated to participants is recorded as a reduction of stockholders’ equity at cost. Compensation expense for the ESOP is based on the market price of the Company’s stock and is recognized as shares are committed to be released to participants due to the repayment of the loan by the ESOP to the Company.

The Company recognizes the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of those awards in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation”. The Company estimates the per share fair value of option grants on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using assumptions for the expected dividend yield, expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected option term. These assumptions are subjective in nature, involve uncertainties and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. The Black-Scholes option pricing model also contains certain inherent limitations when applied to options that are not traded on public markets.

ASC 718 requires the Company to report as a financing cash flow the benefits of realized tax deductions in excess of previously recognized tax benefits on compensation expense. In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB 107”), the Company classified share-based compensation for employees and outside directors within “compensation and fringe benefits” in the consolidated statements of income to correspond with the same line item as the cash compensation paid.

The per share fair value of options is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. In general, the per share fair value of options will move in the same direction as changes in the expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected option term, and in the opposite direction as changes in the expected dividend yield. For example, the per share fair value of options will generally increase as expected stock price volatility increases, risk-free interest rate increases, expected option term increases and expected dividend yield decreases. The use of different assumptions or different option pricing models could result in materially different per share fair values of options.


(n)	Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per common share, or EPS, are computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the year. The weighted-average common shares outstanding includes the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding less the weighted average number of unvested shares of restricted stock and unallocated shares held by the ESOP. For EPS calculations, ESOP shares that have been committed to be released are considered outstanding. ESOP shares that have not been committed to be released are excluded from outstanding shares on a weighted average basis for EPS calculations.

Diluted EPS is computed using the same method as basic EPS, but includes the effect of all potentially dilutive common shares that were outstanding during the period, such as unexercised stock options and unvested shares of restricted stock, calculated using the treasury stock method. When applying the treasury stock method, we add: (1) the assumed proceeds from option exercises and (2) the average unamortized compensation costs related to unvested shares of restricted stock and stock options. We then divide this sum by our average stock price to calculate shares repurchased. The excess of the number of shares issuable over the number of shares assumed to be repurchased is added to basic weighted average common shares to calculate diluted EPS.


(o)	Derivative Financial Instruments

As part of our interest rate risk management, we may utilize, from time-to-time, derivative financial instruments which are recorded as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is initially recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive

Table of Contents

Income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives would be recognized directly in earnings.

2. Stock Transactions

Stock Offering

Investors Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation that was incorporated in December 2013 to be the successor to Investors Bancorp, Inc. (“Old Investors Bancorp”) upon completion of the mutual-to-stock conversion of Investors Bancorp, MHC, the top tier holding company of Old Investors Bancorp. Old Investors Bancorp completed its initial public stock offering on October 11, 2005 selling 131,649,089 shares, or 43.74% of its outstanding common stock, to subscribers in the offering, including 10,847,883 shares purchased by the ESOP. Upon completion of the initial public offering, Investors Bancorp, MHC, a New Jersey chartered mutual holding company held 165,353,151 shares, or 54.94% of the Company’s outstanding common stock (shares restated to include shares issued in a business combination subsequent to initial public offering). Additionally, the Company contributed $5.2 million in cash and issued 3,949,473 shares of common stock, or 1.32% of its outstanding shares, to Investors Bank Charitable Foundation resulting in a pre-tax expense charge of $20.7 million. Net proceeds from the initial offering were $509.7 million. The Company contributed $255.0 million of the net proceeds to the Bank.

In conjunction with the second step conversion, Investors Bancorp, MHC merged into Old Investors Bancorp (and ceased to exist), and Old Investors Bancorp merged into the Company and the Company became its successor under the name Investors Bancorp, Inc. The second step conversion was completed May 7, 2014. The Company raised net proceeds of $2.15 billion by selling a total of 219,580,695 shares of common stock at $10.00 per share in the second step stock offering and issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock to the Investors Charitable Foundation. Concurrent with the completion of the stock offering, each share of Old Investors Bancorp common stock owned by public stockholders (stockholders other than Investors Bancorp, MHC) was exchanged for 2.55 shares of Company common stock. A total of 137,560,968 shares of Company common stock were issued in the exchange. The conversion was accounted for as a capital raising transaction by entities under common control. The historical financial results of Investors Bancorp, MHC are immaterial to the results of the Company and therefore upon completion of the conversion, the net assets of Investors Bancorp, MHC were merged into the Company and are reflected as an increase to stockholders' equity. In addition, the second step conversion resulted in the accelerated vesting of all outstanding stock awards as of the conversion date. The withholding of shares for payment of taxes with respect to these awards resulted in treasury stock of 1,101,694 shares.

Stock Repurchase Programs

Under applicable federal regulations, the Company was not permitted to implement a stock repurchase program during the first year following completion of the second-step conversion without prior notice to, and the receipt of a non-objection from, the Federal Reserve Board. On March 16, 2015, the Company announced it had received approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to commence a 5% buyback program prior to the one-year anniversary of the completion of its second step conversion. Accordingly, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 17,911,561 shares. The first program was completed on June 30, 2015.

On June 9, 2015, the Company announced its second share repurchase program, which authorized the purchase of an additional 10% of its publicly-held outstanding shares of common stock, or 34,779,211 shares. The second repurchase program commenced immediately upon completion of the first repurchase plan on June 30, 2015. The second program was completed on June 17, 2016.

On April 28, 2016, the Company announced its third share repurchase program, which authorized the purchase of an additional 10% of its publicly-held outstanding shares of common stock, or 31,481,189 shares. The new repurchase program commenced immediately upon completion of the second repurchase plan on June 17, 2016.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company purchased 31,336,369 shares at a cost of $363.4 million, or approximately $11.60 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company purchased 31,576,421 shares at a cost of $382.9 million, or approximately $12.13 per share.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, prior to the second step conversion, the Company purchased 1,295,193 shares at a cost of $13.5 million, or approximately $10.44 per share. The second step conversion on May 7, 2014 resulted in the accelerated vesting of all outstanding stock awards. The withholding of shares for payments of taxes with respect to these awards resulted in the purchase of 1,101,694 shares.

Cash Dividends

Since September 2012, we have paid a quarterly cash dividend. Our dividend payout ratio for the year ending December 31, 2016 was 40%.

Table of Contents

3. Securities

The following tables present the carrying value, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value for available-for-sale securities and the amortized cost, net unrealized losses, carrying value, gross unrecognized gains and losses and estimated fair value for held-to-maturity securities as of the dates indicated:



	At December 31, 2016
	Carrying value		Gross unrealized gains	Gross unrealized losses	Estimated fair value
	(In thousands)
Available-for-sale:
Equity securities	$	5,825	918	83	6,660
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation	603,774		1,971	7,306	598,439
Federal National Mortgage Association	1,022,383		2,678	16,474	1,008,587
Government National Mortgage Association	47,538		—	791	46,747
Total mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale	1,673,695		4,649	24,571	1,653,773
Total available-for-sale securities	$	1,679,520	5,567	24,654	1,660,433



	At December 31, 2016
	Amortized cost		Net unrealized losses (1)	Carrying value	Gross unrecognized gains (2)	Gross unrecognized losses (2)	Estimated fair value
	(In thousands)
Held-to-maturity:
Debt securities:
Government-sponsored enterprises	$	2,128	—	2,128	12	—	2,140
Municipal bonds	37,978		—	37,978	1,515	—	39,493
Corporate and other debt securities	65,852		21,760	44,092	40,153	—	84,245
Total debt securities held-to-maturity	105,958		21,760	84,198	41,680	—	125,878
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation	411,692		1,559	410,133	793	3,502	407,424
Federal National Mortgage Association	1,246,635		1,802	1,244,833	3,635	15,389	1,233,079
Government National Mortgage Association	16,392		—	16,392	28	—	16,420
Total mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity	1,674,719		3,361	1,671,358	4,456	18,891	1,656,923
Total held-to-maturity securities	$	1,780,677	25,121	1,755,556	46,136	18,891	1,782,801

(1) Net unrealized losses of held-to-maturity corporate and other debt securities represent the other than temporary charge related to other non-credit factors and is being amortized through accumulated other comprehensive income over the remaining life of the securities. For mortgage-backed securities, it represents the net loss on previously designated available-for sale securities transferred to held-to-maturity at fair value and is being amortized through accumulated other comprehensive income over the remaining life of the securities.

(2) Unrecognized gains and losses of held-to-maturity securities are not reflected in the financial statements, as they represent fair value fluctuations from the later of: (i) the date a security is designated as held-to-maturity; or (ii) the date that an other than temporary impairment charge is recognized on a held-to-maturity security, through the date of the balance sheet.

Table of Contents



	At December 31, 2015
	Carrying value		Gross unrealized gains	Gross unrealized losses	Estimated fair value
	(In thousands)
Available-for-sale:
Equity securities	$	5,778	733	16	6,495
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation	546,652		3,242	2,443	547,451
Federal National Mortgage Association	724,851		4,520	3,299	726,072
Government National Mortgage Association	24,841		1	163	24,679
Total mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale	1,296,344		7,763	5,905	1,298,202
Total available-for-sale securities	$	1,302,122	8,496	5,921	1,304,697



	At December 31, 2015
	Amortized cost		Net unrealized losses (1)	Carrying Value	Gross unrecognized gains (2)	Gross unrecognized losses (2)	Estimated fair value
	(In thousands)
Held-to-maturity:
Debt securities:
Government-sponsored enterprises	$	4,232	—	4,232	11	—	4,243
Municipal bonds	43,058		—	43,058	1,307	—	44,365
Corporate and other debt securities	58,358		23,245	35,113	42,704	—	77,817
Total debt securities held-to-maturity	105,648		23,245	82,403	44,022	—	126,425
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation	516,841		2,502	514,339	2,213	3,082	513,470
Federal National Mortgage Association	1,228,845		2,705	1,226,140	7,305	6,120	1,227,325
Government National Mortgage Association	21,330		—	21,330	125	—	21,455
Federal housing authorities	11		—	11	—	—	11
Total mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity	1,767,027		5,207	1,761,820	9,643	9,202	1,762,261
Total held-to-maturity securities	$	1,872,675	28,452	1,844,223	53,665	9,202	1,888,686

(2) Unrecognized gains and losses of held-to-maturity securities are not reflected in the financial statements, as they represent fair value fluctuations from the later of: (i) the date a security is designated as held-to-maturity; or (ii) the date that an other-than-temporary impairment charge is recognized on a held-to-maturity security, through the date of the balance sheet.

At December 31, 2016, corporate and other debt securities include a portfolio of collateralized debt obligations backed by pooled trust preferred securities ("TruPS"), principally issued by banks and to a lesser extent insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, and collateralized debt obligations. At December 31, 2016 the TruPS had an amortized cost and estimated fair value of $39.1 million and $79.2 million, respectively. While all were investment grade at purchase, securities classified as non-investment grade at December 31, 2016 had an amortized cost and estimated fair value of $37.1 million and $72.9 million, respectively. Fair value is derived from considering specific assumptions, including terms of the TruPS structure, events of deferrals, defaults and liquidations, the projected cashflow for principal and interest payments, and discounted cash flow modeling.

Approximately $469.4 million of the Company’s securities are pledged to secure borrowings. The contractual maturities of the Bank's mortgage-backed securities are generally less than 20 years with effective lives expected to be shorter due to prepayments.

Table of Contents

Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to underlying loan prepayments or early call privileges of the issuer, therefore, mortgage-backed securities are not included in the following table. The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2016, by contractual maturity, are shown below.



	December 31, 2016
	Carrying Value		Estimated fair value
	(In thousands)
Due in one year or less	$	33,348	33,348
Due after one year through five years	2,203		2,215
Due after five years through ten years	5,000		5,003
Due after ten years	43,647		85,312
Total	$	84,198	125,878

Gross unrealized losses on securities and the estimated fair value of the related securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, was as follows:



	December 31, 2016
	Less than 12 months			12 months or more		Total
	Estimated fair value		Unrealized losses	Estimated fair value	Unrealized losses	Estimated fair value	Unrealized losses
	(In thousands)
Available-for-sale:
Equity Securities	$	4,722	83	—	—	4,722	83
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation	406,878		7,220	12,756	86	419,634	7,306
Federal National Mortgage Association	762,272		15,977	25,089	497	787,361	16,474
Government National Mortgage Association	46,747		791	—	—	46,747	791
Total mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale	1,215,897		23,988	37,845	583	1,253,742	24,571
Total available-for-sale securities	1,220,619		24,071	37,845	583	1,258,464	24,654
Held-to-maturity:
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation	339,666		3,354	3,623	148	343,289	3,502
Federal National Mortgage Association	970,194		15,389	—	—	970,194	15,389
Total held-to-maturity securities	$	1,309,860	18,743	3,623	148	1,313,483	18,891
Total	$	2,530,479	42,814	41,468	731	2,571,947	43,545

Table of Contents



	December 31, 2015
	Less than 12 months			12 months or more		Total
	Estimated fair value		Unrealized losses	Estimated fair value	Unrealized losses	Estimated fair value	Unrealized losses
	(In thousands)
Available-for-sale:
Equity Securities	$	4,692	16	—	—	4,692	16
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation	263,255		2,443	—	—	263,255	2,443
Federal National Mortgage Association	375,792		2,850	14,821	449	390,613	3,299
Government National Mortgage Association	24,874		163	—	—	24,874	163
Total mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale	663,921		5,456	14,821	449	678,742	5,905
Total available-for-sale securities	668,613		5,472	14,821	449	683,434	5,921
Held-to-maturity:
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation	342,702		2,804	4,887	278	347,589	3,082
Federal National Mortgage Association	547,326		5,477	29,013	643	576,339	6,120
Total held-to-maturity securities	$	890,028	8,281	33,900	921	923,928	9,202
Total	$	1,558,641	13,753	48,721	1,370	1,607,362	15,123

At December 31, 2016 and 2015 gross unrealized losses primarily relate to our mortgage-backed-security portfolio which is comprised of securities issued by U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises. The fair values of these securities have been negatively impacted by the recent increase in intermediate-term market interest rates.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment (“OTTI”)

We conduct a quarterly review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the value of any security has declined below its cost or amortized cost, and whether such decline is other-than-temporary. If a determination is made that a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired, the Company will estimate the amount of the unrealized loss that is attributable to credit and all other non-credit related factors. The credit related component will be recognized as an other-than-temporary impairment charge in non-interest income. The non-credit related component will be recorded as an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax.

With the assistance of a valuation specialist, we evaluate the credit and performance of each issuer underlying our pooled trust preferred securities. Cash flows for each security are forecast using assumptions for defaults, recoveries, pre-payments and amortization. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, management deemed that the present value of projected cash flows for each security was greater than the book value and did not recognize any additional OTTI charges for the periods ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. At December 31, 2016, non-credit related OTTI recorded on the previously impaired pooled trust preferred securities was $21.8 million ($12.9 million after-tax). This amount is being accreted into income over the estimated remaining life of the securities.

Table of Contents

The following table presents the changes in the credit loss component of the impairment loss of debt securities that the Company has written down for such loss as an other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings.



	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2016			2015		2014
	(In thousands)
Balance of credit related OTTI, beginning of period	$	100,200		108,817		112,235
Additions:
Initial credit impairments	—			—		—
Subsequent credit impairments	—			—		—
Reductions:
Accretion of credit loss impairment due to an increase in expected cash flows	(4,457		)	(3,804	)	(3,418	)
Reduction for securities sold or paid off during the period	—			(4,813	)	—
Balance of credit related OTTI, end of period	$	95,743		100,200		108,817

The credit loss component of the impairment loss represents the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows and the amortized cost basis of the securities prior to considering credit losses. The beginning balance represents the credit loss component for debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment occurred prior to the period presented. If other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings for credit impaired debt securities, they would be presented as additions based upon whether the current period is the first time a debt security was credit impaired (initial credit impairment) or is not the first time a debt security was credit impaired (subsequent credit impairments). The credit loss component is reduced if the Company sells, intends to sell or believes it will be required to sell previously credit impaired debt securities. Additionally, the credit loss component is reduced if (i) the Company receives cash flows in excess of what it expected to receive over the remaining life of the credit impaired debt security, (ii) the security matures or (iii) the security is fully written down.

Realized Gains and Losses

Gains and losses on the sale of all securities are determined using the specific identification method. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company received sale proceeds of $57.9 million on equity securities and pools of mortgage-backed securities sold from the available-for-sale portfolio resulting in a gross realized gain of $2.3 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company received sale proceeds of $14.3 million on a pool of mortgage-backed securities from the held-to-maturity portfolio resulting in a gross realized gain of $836,000. These securities met the criteria of principal pay downs under 85% of the original investment amount and therefore did not result in a tainting of the held-to-maturity portfolio. The Company sells securities when, in management’s assessment market pricing presents an economic benefit that outweighs holding such securities, and when securities with smaller balance become cost prohibitive to carry.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company received proceeds of $2.6 million on an equity security from the available-for-sale portfolio resulting in a gross realized gain of $1.5 million. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recognized gains on available-for-sale securities of $145,000 related to capital distributions of equity securities held in the available-for-sale portfolio.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, there were no sales of securities from held-to-maturity portfolio, however for the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recognized a loss of $646,000 on a TruP security which was liquidated by its Trustee.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recognized net gains on available-for-sale securities of $619,000, of which $145,000 were related to capital distributions of equity securities held in the available-for-sale portfolio. In December 2013, regulatory agencies adopted a rule on the treatment of certain collateralized debt obligations backed by trust preferred securities to implement sections of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, known as the Volcker Rule. As a result of the evaluation of the impact of the Volcker Rule, the Company reclassified one trust preferred security to available-for-sale. The Company sold the security for the year ended December 31, 2014, resulting in gross realized gains of $474,000.

For the year ended December 31, 2014 total proceeds of securities from the held-to-maturity portfolio were $19.2 million, which resulted in gross realized gains of $927,000. For the year ended December 31, 2014, sales of mortgage back securities from the

Table of Contents

held-to-maturity portfolio, which had a book value of $18.3 million resulted in gross realized gains of $877,000. These securities met the criteria of principal pay downs under 85% of the original investment amount and therefore did not result in a tainting of the held-to-maturity portfolio. The Company sells securities when market pricing presents, in management’s assessment, an economic benefit that outweighs holding such securities, and when smaller balance securities become cost prohibitive to carry. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recognized a gain of $50,000 on a TruP security which was entirely liquidated by its Trustee. For the year ended December 31, 2014 there were no losses recognized.

4. Loans Receivable, Net

The detail of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was as follows:



	December 31, 2016			December 31, 2015
	(In thousands)
Multi-family loans	$	7,459,131		6,255,904
Commercial real estate loans	4,445,194			3,821,950
Commercial and industrial loans	1,275,283			1,044,329
Construction loans	314,843			224,057
Total commercial loans	13,494,451			11,346,240
Residential mortgage loans	4,710,373			5,037,898
Consumer and other loans	596,922			496,103
Total loans excluding PCI loans	18,801,746			16,880,241
PCI loans	8,956			11,089
Net unamortized premiums and deferred loan costs (1)	(12,474		)	(11,692	)
Allowance for loan losses	(228,373		)	(218,505	)
Net loans	$	18,569,855		16,661,133

(1) Included in unamortized premiums and deferred loan costs are accretable purchase accounting adjustments in connection with loans acquired.

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans

The following table presents changes in the accretable yield for PCI loans during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:



	Years Ended December 31,
	2016			2015
	(In thousands)
Balance, beginning of period	$	449		971
Acquisitions	—			—
Accretion	(219		)	(522	)
Net reclassification from non-accretable difference (1)	1,221			—
Balance, end of period	$	1,451		449

(1) Reclassifications of the non-accretable difference to the accretable yield may occur subsequent to the loan acquisition dates due to increases in expected cash flows of the loans.

Table of Contents

An analysis of the allowance for loan losses is summarized as follows:



	Years Ended December 31,
	2016			2015		2014
	(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of the period	$	218,505		200,284		173,928
Loans charged off	(14,997		)	(12,216	)	(18,244	)
Recoveries	5,115			4,437		7,100
Net charge-offs	(9,882		)	(7,779	)	(11,144	)
Provision for loan losses	19,750			26,000		37,500
Balance at end of the period	$	228,373		218,505		200,284

The allowance for loan losses is the estimated amount considered necessary to cover credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is established through the provision for loan losses that is charged against income. In determining the allowance for loan losses, we make significant estimates and therefore, have identified the allowance as a critical accounting policy. The methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting policy by management because of the high degree of judgment involved, the subjectivity of the assumptions used, and the potential for changes in the economic environment that could result in changes to the amount of the recorded allowance for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses has been determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, under which we are required to maintain an allowance for probable losses at the balance sheet date. We are responsible for the timely and periodic determination of the amount of the allowance required. We believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover specifically identifiable losses, as well as estimated losses inherent in our portfolio for which certain losses are probable but not specifically identifiable. Loans acquired are marked to fair value on the date of acquisition with no valuation allowance reflected in the allowance for loan losses. In conjunction with the quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan loss, the Company performs an analysis on acquired loans to determine whether or not there has been subsequent deterioration in relation to those loans. If deterioration has occurred, the Company will include these loans in its calculation of the allowance for loan loss. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded charge-offs of $52,000 related to PCI loans acquired.

Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The analysis of the allowance for loan losses has two components: specific and general allocations. Specific allocations are made for loans determined to be impaired. A loan is deemed to be impaired if it is a commercial loan with an outstanding balance greater than $1.0 million and on non-accrual status, loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”), and other commercial loans greater than $1.0 million if management has specific information that it is probable they will not collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impairment is measured by determining the present value of expected future cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral adjusted for market conditions and selling expenses. The general allocation is determined by segregating the remaining loans by type of loan, risk rating (if applicable) and payment history. In addition, the Company's residential portfolio is subdivided between fixed and adjustable rate loans as adjustable rate loans are deemed to be subject to more credit risk if interest rates rise. Reserves for each loan segment or the loss factors are generally determined based on the Company's historical loss experience over a look-back period determined to provide the appropriate amount of data to accurately estimate expected losses as of period end. Additionally, management assesses the loss emergence period for the expected losses of each loan segment and adjusts each historical loss factor accordingly. The loss emergence period is the estimated time from the date of a loss event (such as a personal bankruptcy) to the actual recognition of the loss (typically via the first full or partial loan charge-off), and is determined based upon a study of the Company's past loss experience by loan segment. The loss factors may also be adjusted to account for qualitative or environmental factors that are likely to cause estimated credit losses inherent in the portfolio to differ from historical loss experience. This evaluation is based on among other things, loan and delinquency trends, general economic conditions, credit concentrations, lending policies and procedures and industry trends, but is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revisions based upon changes in economic and real estate market conditions. Actual loan losses may be different than the allowance for loan losses we have established which could have a material negative effect on our financial results.

On a quarterly basis, management reviews the current status of various loan assets in order to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. In this evaluation process, specific loans are analyzed to determine their potential risk of loss. Loans determined to be impaired are evaluated for potential loss exposure. Any shortfall results in a recommendation of a specific allowance or charge-off if the likelihood of loss is evaluated as probable. To determine the adequacy of collateral on a particular loan, an estimate of the fair value of the collateral is based on the most current appraised value available for real property or a discounted cash flow analysis on a business. The appraised value for real property is then reduced to reflect estimated liquidation expenses.

Table of Contents

For commercial real estate, multi-family and construction loans, the Company obtains an appraisal for all collateral dependent loans upon origination. An updated appraisal is obtained annually for loans rated substandard or worse with a balance of $500,000 or greater. An updated appraisal is obtained biennially for loans rated special mention with a balance of $2.0 million or greater. This is done in order to determine the specific reserve or charge off needed. As part of the allowance for loan loss process, the Company reviews each collateral dependent commercial real estate loan classified as non-accrual and/or impaired and assesses whether there has been an adverse change in the collateral value supporting the loan. The Company utilizes information from its commercial lending officers and its credit department and special asset department’s knowledge of changes in real estate conditions in our lending area to identify if possible deterioration of collateral value has occurred. Based on the severity of the changes in market conditions, management determines if an updated appraisal is warranted or if downward adjustments to the previous appraisal are warranted. If it is determined that the deterioration of the collateral value is significant enough to warrant ordering a new appraisal, an estimate of the downward adjustments to the existing appraised value is used in assessing if additional specific reserves are necessary until the updated appraisal is received.

For homogeneous residential mortgage loans, the Company’s policy is to obtain an appraisal upon the origination of the loan and an updated appraisal in the event a loan becomes 90 days delinquent. Thereafter, the appraisal is updated every two years if the loan remains in non-performing status and the foreclosure process has not been completed. Management adjusts the appraised value of residential loans to reflect estimated selling costs and declines in the real estate market.

Management believes the potential risk for outdated appraisals for impaired and other non-performing loans has been mitigated due to the fact that the loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the collateral. Loans are generally charged off after an analysis is completed which indicates that collectability of the full principal balance is in doubt.

Although we believe we have established and maintained the allowance for loan losses at adequate levels, additions may be necessary if the current economic environment deteriorates. Management uses relevant information available; however, the level of the allowance for loan losses remains an estimate that is subject to significant judgment and short-term change. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance, as an integral part of their examination process, will periodically review our allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

Table of Contents

The following tables present the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and based on impairment method as of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:



	December 31, 2016
	Multi- Family Loans			Commercial Real Estate Loans		Commercial and Industrial Loans		Construction Loans		Residential Mortgage Loans		Consumer and Other Loans		Unallocated	Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Allowance for loan losses:
Beginning balance-December 31, 2015	$	88,223		46,999		40,585		6,794		31,443		3,155		1,306	218,505
Charge-offs	(161		)	(455	)	(4,485	)	(52	)	(9,425	)	(419	)	—	(14,997	)
Recoveries	1,885			689		541		267		1,631		102		—	5,115
Provision	5,614			5,563		6,851		4,644		(3,818	)	12		884	19,750
Ending balance-December 31, 2016	$	95,561		52,796		43,492		11,653		19,831		2,850		2,190	228,373

Individually evaluated for impairment	$	—		—		—		—		1,581		20		—	1,601
Collectively evaluated for impairment	95,561			52,796		43,492		11,653		18,250		2,830		2,190	226,772
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	—			—		—		—		—		—		—	—
Balance at December 31, 2016	$	95,561		52,796		43,492		11,653		19,831		2,850		2,190	228,373

Loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	248		5,962		3,370		—		24,453		371		—	34,404
Collectively evaluated for impairment	7,458,883			4,439,232		1,271,913		314,843		4,685,920		596,551		—	18,767,342
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	—			7,106		—		—		1,507		343		—	8,956
Balance at December 31, 2016	$	7,459,131		4,452,300		1,275,283		314,843		4,711,880		597,265		—	18,810,702

Table of Contents



	December 31, 2015
	Multi- Family Loans			Commercial Real Estate Loans		Commercial and Industrial Loans		Construction Loans		Residential Mortgage Loans		Consumer and Other Loans		Unallocated		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Allowance for loan losses:
Beginning balance-December 31, 2014	$	71,147		44,030		20,759		6,488		47,936		3,347		6,577		200,284
Charge-offs	(284		)	(1,021	)	(516	)	(466	)	(9,526	)	(403	)	—		(12,216	)
Recoveries	445			807		295		317		2,295		278		—		4,437
Provision	16,915			3,183		20,047		455		(9,262	)	(67	)	(5,271	)	26,000
Ending balance-December 31, 2015	$	88,223		46,999		40,585		6,794		31,443		3,155		1,306		218,505

Individually evaluated for impairment	$	—		—		2,409		—		1,773		9		—		4,191
Collectively evaluated for impairment	88,223			46,999		38,176		6,794		29,670		3,146		1,306		214,314
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	—			—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	88,223		46,999		40,585		6,794		31,443		3,155		1,306		218,505

Loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	3,219		18,941		9,395		2,504		22,539		389		—		56,987
Collectively evaluated for impairment	6,252,685			3,803,009		1,034,934		221,553		5,015,359		495,714		—		16,823,254
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	—			7,149		56		1,786		1,645		453		—		11,089
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	6,255,904		3,829,099		1,044,385		225,843		5,039,543		496,556		—		16,891,330

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information and current economic trends, among other factors. For non-homogeneous loans, such as commercial and commercial real estate loans the Company analyzes the loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk and assesses the probability of collection for each type of class. This analysis is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Pass - “Pass” assets are well protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor (or guarantors, if any) or by the fair value, less cost to acquire and sell, of any underlying collateral in a timely manner.

Watch - A "Watch" asset has all the characteristics of a Pass asset but warrant more than the normal level of supervision. These loans may require more detailed reporting to management because some aspects of underwriting may not conform to policy or adverse

Table of Contents

events may have affected or could affect the cash flow or ability to continue operating profitably, provided, however, the events do not constitute an undue credit risk. Residential loans delinquent 30-59 days are considered watch if not already identified as impaired.

Special Mention - A “Special Mention” asset has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the institution’s credit position at some future date. Special Mention assets are not adversely classified and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification. Residential loans delinquent 60-89 days are considered special mention if not already identified as impaired.

Substandard - A “Substandard” asset is inadequately protected by the current worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Residential loans delinquent 90 days or greater as well as those identified as impaired are considered substandard.

Doubtful - An asset classified “Doubtful” has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable on the basis of currently known facts, conditions, and values.

Loss - An asset or portion thereof, classified “Loss” is considered uncollectible and of such little value that its continuance on the institution’s books as an asset, without establishment of a specific valuation allowance or charge-off, is not warranted. This classification does not necessarily mean that an asset has no recovery or salvage value; but rather, there is much doubt about whether, how much, or when the recovery will occur. As such, it is not practical or desirable to defer the write-off.

The following tables present the risk category of loans as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 by class of loans excluding PCI loans:



	December 31, 2016
	Pass		Watch	Special Mention	Substandard	Doubtful	Loss	Total
	(In thousands)
Commercial loans:
Multi-family	$	6,961,809	276,858	165,948	54,516	—	—	7,459,131
Commercial real estate	3,900,988		373,319	134,154	36,733	—	—	4,445,194
Commercial and industrial	900,190		344,628	23,588	6,877	—	—	1,275,283
Construction	230,630		76,773	3,200	4,240	—	—	314,843
Total commercial loans	11,993,617		1,071,578	326,890	102,366	—	—	13,494,451
Residential mortgage	4,600,611		21,873	10,239	77,650	—	—	4,710,373
Consumer and other	583,140		5,627	719	7,436	—	—	596,922
Total	$	17,177,368	1,099,078	337,848	187,452	—	—	18,801,746



	December 31, 2015
	Pass		Watch	Special Mention	Substandard	Doubtful	Loss	Total
	(In thousands)
Commercial loans:
Multi-family	$	5,876,425	325,414	17,033	37,032	—	—	6,255,904
Commercial real estate	3,411,876		331,429	38,265	40,380	—	—	3,821,950
Commercial and industrial	793,527		223,474	13,782	13,546	—	—	1,044,329
Construction	207,499		12,833	—	3,725	—	—	224,057
Total commercial loans	10,289,327		893,150	69,080	94,683	—	—	11,346,240
Residential mortgage	4,930,961		24,584	13,796	68,557	—	—	5,037,898
Consumer and other	482,715		3,987	427	8,974	—	—	496,103
Total	$	15,703,003	921,721	83,303	172,214	—	—	16,880,241

Table of Contents

The following tables present the payment status of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 by class of loans excluding PCI loans:



	December 31, 2016
	30-59 Days		60-89 Days	Greater than 90 Days	Total Past Due	Current	Total Loans Receivable
	(In thousands)
Commercial loans:
Multi-family	$	5,272	1,099	234	6,605	7,452,526	7,459,131
Commercial real estate	6,568		31,964	6,445	44,977	4,400,217	4,445,194
Commercial and industrial	864		885	2,971	4,720	1,270,563	1,275,283
Construction	—		—	—	—	314,843	314,843
Total commercial loans	12,704		33,948	9,650	56,302	13,438,149	13,494,451
Residential mortgage	24,052		10,930	58,119	93,101	4,617,272	4,710,373
Consumer and other	5,627		719	7,065	13,411	583,511	596,922
Total	$	42,383	45,597	74,834	162,814	18,638,932	18,801,746



	December 31, 2015
	30-59 Days		60-89 Days	Greater than 90 Days	Total Past Due	Current	Total Loans Receivable
	(In thousands)
Commercial loans:
Multi-family	$	14,236	—	1,886	16,122	6,239,782	6,255,904
Commercial real estate	4,171		352	6,429	10,952	3,810,998	3,821,950
Commercial and industrial	957		—	4,386	5,343	1,038,986	1,044,329
Construction	—		—	792	792	223,265	224,057
Total commercial loans	19,364		352	13,493	33,209	11,313,031	11,346,240
Residential mortgage	27,092		14,956	68,560	110,608	4,927,290	5,037,898
Consumer and other	3,987		427	8,976	13,390	482,713	496,103
Total	$	50,443	15,735	91,029	157,207	16,723,034	16,880,241

The following table presents non-accrual loans excluding PCI loans at the dates indicated:



	December 31, 2016			December 31, 2015
	# of loans	amount		# of loans	amount
	(Dollars in thousands)
Non-accrual:
Multi-family	2	$	482	4	$	3,467
Commercial real estate	24	9,205		37	10,820
Commercial and industrial	8	4,659		17	9,225
Construction	—	—		4	792
Total commercial loans	34	14,346		62	24,304
Residential and consumer	478	79,928		500	91,122
Total non-accrual loans	512	$	94,274	562	$	115,426

Included in the non-accrual table above are troubled debt restructured ("TDR") loans whose payment status is current but the Company has classified as non-accrual as the loans have not maintained their current payment status for six consecutive months under

Table of Contents

the restructured terms and therefore do not meet the criteria for accrual status. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, these loans are comprised of the following:



	December 31, 2016			December 31, 2015
	# of loans	Amount		# of loans	Amount
	(Dollars in thousands)
Current TDR classified as non-accrual:
Multi-family	1	$	248	1	$	1,032
Commercial real estate	1	63		2	240
Commercial and industrial	1	286		2	2,226
Construction	—	—		—	—
Total commercial loans	3	597		5	3,498
Residential mortgage and consumer	23	5,721		15	3,378
Total current TDR classified as non-accrual	26	$	6,318	20	$	6,876

The following table presents TDR loans which were also 30-89 days delinquent and classified as non-accrual at the dates indicated:



	December 31, 2016			December 31, 2015
	# of loans	Amount		# of loans	Amount
	(Dollars in thousands)
TDR 30-89 days delinquent classified as non-accrual:
Multi-family	—	$	—	1	$	548
Commercial real estate	2	169		5	2,309
Commercial and industrial	—	—		1	360
Construction	—	—		—	—
Total commercial loans	2	169		7	3,217
Residential mortgage and consumer	14	2,869		11	3,338
Total current TDR classified as non-accrual	16	$	3,038	18	$	6,555

The Company has no loans past due 90 days or more delinquent that are still accruing interest.

PCI loans are excluded from non-accrual loans, as they are recorded at fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows. As of December 31, 2016, PCI loans with a carrying value of $9.0 million included $7.7 million of which were current, none of which were 30-89 days delinquent and $1.3 million of which were 90 days or more delinquent. As of December 31, 2015, PCI loans with a carrying value of $11.1 million included $9.0 million of which were current and $2.1 million of which were 90 days or more delinquent.

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, loans meeting the Company’s definition of an impaired loan were primarily collateral dependent loans which totaled $34.4 million and $57.0 million, respectively, with allocations of the allowance for loan losses of $1.6 million and $4.2 million for the periods ending December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, interest income received and recognized on these loans totaled $1.5 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

Table of Contents

The following tables present loans individually evaluated for impairment by portfolio segment as of December 31, 2016 and

December 31, 2015:



	December 31, 2016
	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance	Related Allowance	Average Recorded Investment	Interest Income Recognized
	(In thousands)
With no related allowance:
Multi-family	$	248	248	—	252	20
Commercial real estate	5,962		9,265	—	5,790	301
Commercial and industrial	3,370		3,972	—	3,953	169
Construction	—		—	—	—	—
Total commercial loans	9,580		13,485	—	9,995	490
Residential mortgage and consumer	11,030		14,565	—	9,899	483
With an allowance recorded:
Multi-family	—		—	—	—	—
Commercial real estate	—		—	—	—	—
Commercial and industrial	—		—	—	—	—
Construction	—		—	—	—	—
Total commercial loans	—		—	—	—	—
Residential mortgage and consumer	13,794		14,382	1,601	13,689	479
Total:
Multi-family	248		248	—	252	20
Commercial real estate	5,962		9,265	—	5,790	301
Commercial and industrial	3,370		3,972	—	3,953	169
Construction	—		—	—	—	—
Total commercial loans	9,580		13,485	—	9,995	490
Residential mortgage and consumer	24,824		28,947	1,601	23,588	962
Total impaired loans	$	34,404	42,432	1,601	33,583	1,452

Table of Contents



	December 31, 2015
	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance	Related Allowance	Average Recorded Investment	Interest Income Recognized
	(In thousands)
With no related allowance:
Multi-family	$	3,219	6,806	—	2,872	119
Commercial real estate	18,941		27,961	—	19,025	1,136
Commercial and industrial	5,155		5,160	—	3,575	200
Construction	2,504		6,412	—	4,288	226
Total commercial loans	29,819		46,339	—	29,760	1,681
Residential mortgage and consumer	8,020		12,433	—	7,611	463
With an allowance recorded:
Multi-family	—		—	—	—	—
Commercial real estate	—		—	—	—	—
Commercial and industrial	4,240		4,271	2,409	4,389	194
Construction	—		—	—	—	—
Total commercial loans	4,240		4,271	2,409	4,389	194
Residential mortgage and consumer	14,908		13,695	1,782	16,424	476
Total:
Multi-family	3,219		6,806	—	2,872	119
Commercial real estate	18,941		27,961	—	19,025	1,136
Commercial and industrial	9,395		9,431	2,409	7,964	394
Construction	2,504		6,412	—	4,288	226
Total commercial loans	34,059		50,610	2,409	34,149	1,875
Residential mortgage and consumer	22,928		26,128	1,782	24,035	939
Total impaired loans	$	56,987	76,738	4,191	58,184	2,814

The average recorded investment is the annual average calculated based upon the ending quarterly balances. The interest income recognized is the year to date interest income recognized on a cash basis.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

On a case-by-case basis, the Company may agree to modify the contractual terms of a borrower’s loan to remain competitive and assist customers who may be experiencing financial difficulty, as well as preserve the Company’s position in the loan. If the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and a concession has been made at the time of such modification, the loan is classified as a TDR.

Substantially all of our TDR loan modifications involve lowering the monthly payments on such loans through either a reduction in interest rate below a market rate, an extension of the term of the loan, or a combination of these two methods. These modifications rarely result in the forgiveness of principal or accrued interest. In addition, we frequently obtain additional collateral or guarantor support when modifying commercial loans. Restructured loans remain on non accrual status until there has been a sustained period of repayment performance (generally six consecutive months of payments) and both principal and interest are deemed collectible.

Table of Contents

The following table presents the total TDR loans at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. There were three residential PCI loans that were classified as TDRs and are included in the table below at December 31, 2016. There were three residential PCI loans that were classified as TDRs for the period ended December 31, 2015.



	December 31, 2016
	Accrual			Non-accrual			Total
	# of loans	Amount		# of loans	Amount		# of loans	Amount
	(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial loans:
Multi-family	—	$	—	1	$	248	1	$	248
Commercial real estate	2	352		4	3,240		6	3,592
Commercial and industrial	—	—		2	1,688		2	1,688
Construction	—	—		—	—		—	—
Total commercial loans	2	352		7	5,176		9	5,528
Residential mortgage and consumer	40	9,093		61	15,731		101	24,824
Total	42	$	9,445	68	$	20,907	110	$	30,352



	December 31, 2015
	Accrual			Non-accrual			Total
	# of loans	Amount		# of loans	Amount		# of loans	Amount
	(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial loans:
Multi-family	—	$	—	2	$	1,580	2	$	1,580
Commercial real estate	5	13,161		9	5,826		14	18,987
Commercial and industrial	1	640		3	2,586		4	3,226
Construction	1	313		2	405		3	718
Total commercial loans	7	14,114		16	10,397		23	24,511
Residential mortgage and consumer	32	8,375		49	14,553		81	22,928
Total	39	$	22,489	65	$	24,950	104	$	47,439

Table of Contents

The following table presents information about troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:



	Years Ended December 31,
	2016					2015
	Number of Loans	Pre-modification Recorded Investment		Post- modification Recorded Investment		Number of Loans	Pre-modification Recorded Investment		Post- modification Recorded Investment
	(Dollars in thousands)
Troubled Debt Restructings:
Multi-family	—	$	—	$	—	1	$	1,115	$	1,115
Commercial real estate	6	1,289		1,289		4	824		824
Construction	—	—		—		2	1,508		1,508
Commercial and industrial	—	—		—		2	2,246		2,246
Residential mortgage	27	4,538		4,538		19	3,413		3,413

Post-modification recorded investment represents the net book balance immediately following modification.

All TDRs are impaired loans, which are individually evaluated for impairment, as discussed above. Collateral dependent impaired loans classified as TDRs were written down to the estimated fair value of the collateral. There were no charge-offs for collateral dependent TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2015 there were no charges-offs for collateral dependent TDRs. The allowance for loan losses associated with the TDRs presented in the above tables totaled $1.6 million and $1.8 million for the periods at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Residential mortgage loan modifications primarily involved the reduction in loan interest rate and extension of loan maturity dates. All residential loans deemed to be TDRs were modified to reflect a reduction in interest rates to current market rates. Several residential TDRs include step up interest rates in their modified terms which will impact their weighted average yield in the future. Commercial loan modifications which qualified as a TDR comprised of terms of maturity being extended. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company had an existing TDR commercial loan for which the Company extended an existing working capital line of credit; however, that loan was subsequently repaid during the same time period.

The following table presents information about pre and post modification interest yield for troubled debt restructurings which occurred during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:



	Years Ended December 31,
	2016					2015
	Number of Loans	Pre-modification Interest Yield		Post- modification Interest Yield		Number of Loans	Pre-modification Interest Yield		Post- modification Interest Yield

Troubled Debt Restructurings:
Multi-family	—	—	%	—	%	1	3.88	%	3.88	%
Commercial real estate	6	5.11	%	5.20	%	4	4.53	%	5.35	%
Construction	—	—	%	—	%	2	4.97	%	4.97	%
Commercial and industrial	—	—	%	—	%	2	6.24	%	6.24	%
Residential mortgage	27	6.18	%	3.61	%	19	4.84	%	3.40	%

Payment defaults for loans modified as a TDR in the twelve months ended December 31, 2016 consisted of 11 residential loans, 4 commercial real estate loans and 1 construction loan with a recorded investment of $1.8 million, $573,000 and $132,000, respectively, at December 31, 2016. Of the 5 commercial loans (commercial real estate and construction) with payment defaults

100

Table of Contents

described above, 4 were paid in full prior to December 31, 2016. Payment defaults for loans modified as a TDR in the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 consisted of 1 construction loan with a recorded investment of $225,000.

Loan Sales

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company sold $9.7 million of performing residential loans resulting in a net gain of approximately $600,000.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company sold $20.9 million of non-performing and PCI residential loans which resulted in a $4.5 million charge off recorded through the allowance. In addition, the Company sold $347.3 million of performing residential loans resulting in a gain on sale of $611,000.

5. Office Properties and Equipment, Net

Office properties and equipment are summarized as follows:



	December 31,
	2016		2015
	(In thousands)
Land	$	20,006	20,569
Office buildings	83,699		87,832
Leasehold improvements	95,489		79,898
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	83,246		77,096
Construction in process	13,070		12,075
	295,510		277,470
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	118,093		104,951
	$	177,417	172,519

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $16.2 million, $13.9 million and $13.2 million, respectively.

101

Table of Contents

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes net intangible assets and goodwill at December 31, 2016 and 2015:



	December 31, 2016		December 31, 2015
	(In thousands)
Mortgage servicing rights	$	14,889	16,248
Core deposit premiums	8,451		11,332
Other	928		160
Total other intangible assets	24,268		27,740
Goodwill	77,571		77,571
Goodwill and intangible assets	$	101,839	105,311

The following table summarizes other intangible assets as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:



	Gross Intangible Asset		Accumulated Amortization		Valuation Allowance		Net Intangible Assets
	(In thousands)
December 31, 2016
Mortgage Servicing Rights	$	24,340	(9,286	)	(165	)	14,889
Core Deposit Premiums	25,058		(16,607	)	—		8,451
Other	1,150		(222	)	—		928
Total other intangible assets	$	50,548	(26,115	)	(165	)	24,268

December 31, 2015
Mortgage Servicing Rights	$	23,411	(7,042	)	(121	)	16,248
Core Deposit Premiums	25,058		(13,726	)	—		11,332
Other	300		(140	)	—		160
Total other intangible assets	$	48,769	(20,908	)	(121	)	27,740

Mortgage servicing rights are accounted for using the amortization method. Under this method, the Company amortizes the loan servicing asset in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing revenues. The Company sells loans on a servicing-retained basis. Loans that were sold on this basis had an unpaid principal balance of $1.98 billion and $2.12 billion at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 respectively, all of which relate to residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the servicing asset, included in intangible assets, had an estimated fair value of $14.9 million and $16.2 million, respectively. For the period ending December 31, 2016, fair value was based on expected future cash flows considering a weighted average discount rate of 14.27%, a weighted average constant prepayment rate on mortgages of 9.84% and a weighted average life of 6.8 years.

Core deposit premiums are amortized using an accelerated method and having a weighted average amortization period of 10 years.

102

Table of Contents

The following presents the estimated future amortization expense of other intangible assets for the next five years:



	Mortgage Servicing Rights		Core Deposit Premiums		Other
	(In thousands)
2017	$	461	$	2,427	$	87
2018	491		1,974		87
2019	508		1,521		87
2020	524		1,112		87
2021	541		756		67

7. Deposits

Deposits are summarized as follows:



	December 31,
	2016						2015
	Weighted Average Rate		Amount		% of Total		Weighted Average Rate		Amount		% of Total
	(In thousands)
Non-interest bearing:
Checking accounts	—	%	$	2,173,493	14.22	%	—	%	$	1,890,536	13.44	%
Interest-bearing:
Checking accounts	0.45	%	3,916,208		25.63	%	0.29	%	2,745,489		19.52	%
Money market deposits	0.65	%	4,150,583		27.16	%	0.67	%	3,861,317		27.46	%
Savings	0.29	%	2,092,989		13.70	%	0.29	%	2,150,004		15.29	%
Certificates of deposit	0.91	%	2,947,560		19.29	%	1.14	%	3,416,310		24.29	%
Total Deposits	0.51	%	$	15,280,833	100.00	%	0.56	%	$	14,063,656	100.00	%

Included in the above balances for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are money market deposits of $736.8 million and $614.2 million, respectively, obtained through brokers and certificates of deposits of $687.8 million and $417.4 million, respectively, obtained through brokers.

Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit are as follows:



	December 31,
	2016		2015
	(In thousands)
Within one year	$	1,866,000	2,586,076
One to two years	674,552		496,288
Two to three years	237,506		167,028
Three to four years	62,500		57,443
After four years	107,002		109,475
	$	2,947,560	3,416,310

The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit in denominations of $100,000 or more totaled approximately $1.94 billion and $2.10 billion at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

103

Table of Contents

Interest expense on deposits consists of the following:



	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2016		2015	2014
	(In thousands)
Checking accounts	$	16,268	9,642	8,755
Money market deposits	25,621		24,136	13,664
Savings	6,304		6,402	6,639
Certificates of deposit	33,864		31,234	30,148
Total	$	82,057	71,414	59,206

8. Borrowed Funds

Borrowed funds are summarized as follows:



	December 31,
	2016			2015
	Principal		Weighted Average Rate	Principal		Weighted Average Rate
			(Dollars in thousands)
Funds borrowed under repurchase agreements:
FHLB	$	23,629	3.90%	$	24,383	3.90%
Other brokers	131,202		1.88%	131,924		1.89%
Total funds borrowed under repurchase agreements	154,831		2.19%	156,307		2.21%
Other borrowed funds:
FHLB advances	4,391,420		1.79%	3,106,783		2.12%
Total borrowed funds	$	4,546,251	1.81%	$	3,263,090	2.13%

Borrowed funds had scheduled maturities as follows:



	December 31,
	2016			2015
	Principal		Weighted Average Rate	Principal		Weighted Average Rate
	(Dollars in thousands)
Within one year	$	983,629	1.26%	$	500,000	1.99%
One to two years	862,202		2.12%	249,383		3.00%
Two to three years	619,567		1.80%	862,924		2.13%
Three to four years	775,000		1.96%	469,782		1.78%
Four to five years	600,000		2.01%	650,000		1.99%
After five years	705,853		1.84%	531,001		2.30%
Total borrowed funds	$	4,546,251	1.81%	$	3,263,090	2.13%

Mortgage-backed securities have been sold, subject to repurchase agreements, to the FHLB and various brokers. Mortgage-backed securities sold, subject to repurchase agreements, are held by the FHLB for the benefit of the Company. Repurchase agreements require repurchase of the identical securities. Whole mortgage loans have been pledged to the FHLB as collateral for advances, but are held by the Company.

104

Table of Contents

The amortized cost and fair value of the underlying securities used as collateral for securities sold under agreements to repurchase are as follows:



	December 31,
	2016		2015
	(Dollars in thousands)
Amortized cost of collateral:
Mortgage-backed securities	$	468,159	475,984
Total amortized cost of collateral	$	468,159	475,984
Fair value of collateral:
Mortgage-backed securities	$	469,200	481,401
Total fair value of collateral	$	469,200	481,401

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the maximum month-end balance of the repurchase agreements was $153.0 million, $163.0 million and $261.2 million, respectively. The average amount of repurchase agreements outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $153.0 million, $159.4 million and $192.9 million, respectively, and the average interest rate was 2.16%, 2.25% and 2.02%, respectively.

At December 31, 2016, our borrowing capacity at the FHLB was $10.25 billion, of which the Company had outstanding borrowings of $4.41 billion and outstanding letters of credit of $2.92 billion. In addition, the Bank had access to unsecured overnight borrowings (Fed Funds) with other financial institutions totaling $325 million, of which no balance was outstanding at December 31, 2016.

9. Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense are as follows:



	Years Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
	(In thousands)
Current tax expense:
Federal	$	82,708	87,748		77,029
State	12,599		14,804		7,508
	95,307		102,552		84,537
Deferred tax expense (benefit):
Federal	8,107		4,310		(3,846	)
State	3,533		(7,490	)	(5,940	)
	11,640		(3,180	)	(9,786	)
Total income tax expense	$	106,947	99,372		74,751

105

Table of Contents

The following table presents the reconciliation between the actual income tax expense and the “expected” amount computed using the applicable statutory federal income tax rate of 35%:



	Years Ended December 31,
	2016			2015		2014
				(In thousands)
“Expected” federal income tax expense	$	104,675		98,307		72,265
State tax, net	9,887			4,753		1,019
Bank owned life insurance	(1,548		)	(1,382	)	(1,628	)
Excess tax benefits from employee share-based payments	(7,735		)	—		—
Acquisition related net operating loss	—			(4,076	)	—
ESOP fair market value adjustment	931			947		349
Non-deductible compensation	1,602			276		3,334
Expiration of stock options	—			19		2
Other	(865		)	528		(590	)
Total income tax expense	$	106,947		99,372		74,751

The temporary differences and loss carryforwards which comprise the deferred tax asset and liability are as follows:



	December 31,
	2016			2015
	(In thousands)
Deferred tax asset:
Employee benefits	$	34,218		36,372
Deferred compensation	1,596			1,417
Premises and equipment	1,587			2,262
Allowance for loan losses	92,738			88,894
Net unrealized loss on securities	17,078			10,420
Net other than temporary impairment loss on securities	40,228			42,085
ESOP	4,333			3,695
Allowance for delinquent interest	14,539			13,071
Fair value adjustments related to acquisitions	20,823			31,986
Charitable contribution carryforward	406			5,823
Loan origination costs	9,599			7,127
Intangible assets	—			45
Other	1,305			1,409
Gross deferred tax asset	238,450			244,606
Valuation allowance	(346		)	(346	)
	238,104			244,260
Deferred tax liability:
Intangible assets	363			—
Discount accretion	4,080			—
Mortgage servicing rights	6,257			6,893
Net unrealized gain on hedging activities	5,127			—
Gross deferred tax liability	15,827			6,893
Net deferred tax asset	$	222,277		237,367

A deferred tax asset is recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced by the amount of any tax benefits that, based on available

106

Table of Contents

evidence, are more likely than not to be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax asset is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences and carryforwards become deductible. A valuation allowance is recorded for tax benefits which management has determined are not more likely than not to be realized.

In connection with the Company’s second step conversion, a $20.0 million charitable contribution was made to Investors Charitable Foundation. $10.0 million of the contribution was made in cash at the Bank level, and is expected to be fully realized based on the Bank’s future taxable income. The remaining $10.0 million contribution was made by Investors Bancorp, Inc., and based on the standalone future state taxable income at the Bancorp level, a valuation allowance of $346,000 was established as of December 31, 2014 for the portion of the state tax benefit related to the contribution that is not more likely than not to be realized. At December 31, 2016 the Company's valuation allowance pertaining to the charitable contributions remained at $346,000.

Based upon projections of future taxable income and the ability to carry back losses for two years, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize the remaining deferred tax asset.

Retained earnings at December 31, 2016 included approximately $45.2 million for which deferred income taxes of approximately $19.0 million have not been provided. The retained earnings amount represents the base year allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only. Base year reserves are subject to recapture if the Bank makes certain non-dividend distributions, repurchases any of its stock, pays dividends in excess of tax earnings and profits, or ceases to maintain a bank charter. Under ASC 740, this amount is treated as a permanent difference and deferred taxes are not recognized unless it appears that it will be reduced and result in taxable income in the foreseeable future. Events that would result in taxation of these reserves include failure to qualify as a bank for tax purposes or distributions in complete or partial liquidation.

The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits or related interest or penalties at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction and in the states of New Jersey and New York. As of December 31, 2016, the Company is no longer subject to federal income tax examination for years prior to 2013. Investors Bank and its affiliates are currently under audit by the New York State Department of Taxation and Finance for tax years 2013 and 2014. The Company is no longer subject to income tax examination by New Jersey and New York for years prior to 2012 and 2013, respectively.

10. Benefit Plans

Defined Benefit Pension Plan

The Company participates in the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions (“Pentegra DB Plan”), a tax-qualified defined-benefit pension plan. The Pentegra DB Plan’s Employer Identification Number is 13-5645888 and the Plan Number is 333. The Pentegra DB Plan operates as a multi-employer plan for accounting purposes and as a multiple-employer plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Internal Revenue Code. There are no collective bargaining agreements in place that require contributions to the Pentegra DB Plan.

The Pentegra DB Plan is a single plan under Internal Revenue Code Section 413(c) and, as a result, all of the assets stand behind all of the liabilities. Accordingly, under the Pentegra DB Plan contributions made by a participating employer may be used to provide benefits to participants of other participating employers.

The funded status (fair value of plan assets divided by funding target) as of July 1, 2016 and 2015 was 94.92% and 99.17%, respectively. The fair value of plan assets reflects any contributions received through June 30, 2016.

The Company’s required contribution and pension cost was $4.2 million, $6.4 million and $5.3 million in the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The accrued pension liability was $780,000 and $727,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company’s contributions to the Pentegra DB Plan are not more than 5% of the total contributions to the Pentegra DB Plan. The Company’s expected contribution for the 2017 year is approximately $3.8 million.

As of December 31, 2016 the annual benefit provided under the Pentegra DB plan has been amended to freeze the plan. Freezing the plan eliminates all future benefit accruals and each participants frozen accrued benefit will be determined as of December 31, 2016 and no further benefits will accrue beyond such date.

107

Table of Contents

SERPs, Directors’ Plan and Other Postretirement Benefits Plan

The Company has an Executive Supplemental Retirement Wage Replacement Plan ("Wage Replacement Plan") and the Supplemental ESOP and Retirement Plan ("Supplemental ESOP") (collectively, the "SERPs"). The Wage Replacement Plan is a nonqualified, defined benefit plan which provides benefits to certain executives as designated by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. More specifically, the Wage Replacement Plan was designed to provide participants with a normal retirement benefit equal to an annual benefit of 60% of the participant's highest annual base salary and cash incentive (over a consecutive 36-month period within the last 120 consecutive calendar months of employment) reduced by the sum of the benefits provided under the Pentagra DB Plan and the annualized value of their benefits payable under the defined benefit portion of the Supplemental ESOP.

Effective as of the close of business of December 31, 2016, the Wage Replacement Plan was amended, to cease future benefit accruals and, for certain participants, structure the benefits payable attributable attributable solely to the participants’ 2016 year of service to vest over a two-year period such that the participants would have a right to 50% of their accrued benefits attributable to their 2016 years of service as of December 31, 2016, which will become 100% vested provided the participants remained continuously employed through and including December 31, 2017.

The Supplemental ESOP compensates certain executives (as designated by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors) participating in the Pentegra DB Plan and the ESOP whose contributions are limited by the Internal Revenue Code. The Company also maintains the Amended and Restated Director Retirement Plan ("Directors’ Plan") for certain directors, which is a nonqualified, defined benefit plan. This plan was frozen on November 21, 2006 such that no new benefits accrued under, and no new directors were eligible to participate in the plan. The Wage Replacement Plan, Supplemental ESOP and the Directors’ Plan are unfunded and the costs of the plans are recognized over the period that services are provided.

The following table sets forth information regarding the Wage Replacement Plan and the Directors’ Plan:



	December 31,
	2016			2015
	(In thousands)
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	47,887		40,522
Service cost	2,088			3,096
Interest cost	1,895			1,497
Gain due to change in mortality assumption	(468		)	(778	)
Loss (gain) due to change in discount rate	1,035			(1,587	)
(Gain) loss due to demographic changes	(6,716		)	6,008
Settlements	(233		)	—
Actuarial gain	(27		)	—
Curtailment	(4,294		)	—
Benefits paid	(871		)	(871	)
Benefit obligation at end of year	40,296			47,887
Funded status	$	(40,296	)	(47,887	)

The unfunded pension benefits of $40.3 million and $47.9 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, are included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss related to pension plans, on a pre-tax basis, at December 31, 2016 and 2015, are summarized in the following table.



	December 31,
	2016		2015
	(In thousands)
Prior service cost	$	—	—
Net actuarial gain	6,759		19,284
Total amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income	$	6,759	19,284

The accumulated benefit obligation for the Wage Replacement Plan and Directors’ Plan was $33.5 million and $28.6 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The measurement date for our Wage Replacement Plan and Directors’ Plan is December 31 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

108

Table of Contents

The weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in the plan determinations at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:



	December 31,
	2016		2015
Discount rate	3.80	%	3.99	%
Rate of compensation increase	—	%	4.36	%

The components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:



	Years Ended December 31,
	2016		2015	2014
	(In thousands)
Service cost	$	2,088	3,096	2,319
Interest cost	1,895		1,497	1,322
Amortization of:
Prior service cost	—		49	98
Net loss	2,055		1,282	633
Total net periodic benefit cost	$	6,038	5,924	4,372

The following are the weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:



	Years Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014

Discount rate	3.99	%	3.71	%	4.53	%
Rate of compensation increase	4.36	%	4.19	%	4.00	%

Estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate for the next ten calendar years are as follows:



	Amount
	(In thousands)
2017	$	942
2018	921
2019	899
2020	2,092
2021	2,728
2022 through 2026	14,146

401(k) Plan

The Company has a 401(k) plan covering substantially all employees provided they meet the eligibility age requirement of age 21. The Company matches 50% of the first 6% contributed by the participants to the 401(k) plan. The Company’s aggregate contributions to the 401(k) plan for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $2.6 million, $2.2 million and $2.0 million, respectively.

109

Table of Contents

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

The ESOP is a tax-qualified plan designed to invest primarily in the Company’s common stock that provides employees with the opportunity to receive a funded retirement benefit from the Bank, based primarily on the value of the Company’s common stock. During the Company's initial public stock offering in October 2005, the ESOP was authorized to purchase, and did purchase, 10,847,883 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $3.92 per share with the proceeds of a loan from the Company to the ESOP. In connection with the completion of the Company's mutual to stock conversion on May 7, 2014, the ESOP purchased an additional 6,617,421 common shares of stock at a price of $10.00 per share with the proceeds of a loan from the Company to the ESOP. The Company refinanced the outstanding principal and interest balance of $33.9 million and borrowed an additional $66.2 million to purchase the additional shares. The outstanding loan principal balance at December 31, 2016 was $92.8 million. Shares of the Company’s common stock pledged as collateral for the loan are released from the pledge pro-rata for allocation to participants as loan payments are made.

At December 31, 2016, shares allocated to participants were 4,675,456 since the plan inception. ESOP shares that were unallocated or not yet committed to be released totaled 12,789,847 at December 31, 2016, and had a fair value of $178.4 million. ESOP compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $5.4 million, $5.5 million and $5.1 million, respectively, representing the fair value of shares allocated or committed to be released during the year.

The Supplemental ESOP also provides supplemental benefits to certain executives as designated by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors who are prevented from receiving the full benefits contemplated by ESOP's benefit formula due to the Internal Revenue Code. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, compensation expense related to this plan amounted to $766,000, $656,000 and $568,000, respectively.

Equity Incentive Plan

At the annual meeting held on June 9, 2015, stockholders of the Company approved the Investors Bancorp, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (“2015 Plan”) which provides for the issuance or delivery of up to 30,881,296 shares (13,234,841 restricted stock awards and 17,646,455 stock options) of Investors Bancorp, Inc. common stock.

Restricted shares granted under the 2015 Plan vest in equal installments, over the service period generally ranging from 5 to 7 years beginning one year from the date of grant. Additionally, certain restricted shares awarded are performance vesting awards, which may or may not vest depending upon the attainment of certain corporate financial targets. The vesting of restricted stock may accelerate in accordance with the terms of the 2015 Plan. The product of the number of shares granted and the grant date closing market price of the Company's common stock determine the fair value of restricted shares under the 2015 Plan. Management recognizes compensation expense for the fair value of restricted shares on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company granted 276,890 shares of restricted stock awards under the 2015 Plan.

Stock options granted under the 2015 Plan vest in equal installments, over the service period generally ranging from 5 to 7 years beginning one year from the date of grant. The vesting of stock options may accelerate in accordance with the terms of the 2015 Plan. Stock options were granted at an exercise price equal to the fair value of the Company's common stock on the grant date based on the closing market price and have an expiration period of 10 years. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company granted 201,440 stock options under the 2015 Plan.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Compensation and Benefits Committee approved the issuance of 6,849,832 restricted stock awards and 11,576,611 stock options to certain officers under the Investors Bancorp, Inc. 2015 Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Compensation and Benefits Committee approved the issuance of 38,250 restricted stock awards and 144,177 stock options to certain officers under the Investors Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2006 Plan").

The fair value of stock options granted as part of the 2015 Plan was estimated utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions for the period presented below:



	Year ended December 31, 2016			Year ended December 31, 2015

Weighted average expected life (in years)	7.00			7.43
Weighted average risk-free rate of return	1.67		%	1.96		%
Weighted average volatility	24.05		%	25.33		%
Dividend yield	1.93		%	1.59		%
Weighted average fair value of options granted	$	2.80		$	3.12
Total stock options granted	201,440			11,576,611

110

Table of Contents

The weighted average expected life of the stock option represents the period of time that stock options are expected to be outstanding and is estimated using historical data of stock option exercises and forfeitures. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company's stock. The Company recognizes compensation expense for the fair values of these awards, which have graded vesting, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards. Upon exercise of vested options, management expects to draw on treasury stock as the source for shares.

The following table presents the share based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 2015 and 2014. Upon completion of the mutual-to-stock conversion of Investors Bancorp, MHC on May 7, 2014, vesting accelerated for both stock options and restricted stock outstanding awards and all applicable expenses were recognized during the period.



	Years Ended December 31,
	2016		2015	2014
	(Dollars in thousands)
Stock option expense	$	6,556	2,905	1,800
Restricted stock expense	15,419		6,315	11,901
Total share based compensation expense	$	21,975	9,220	13,701

The following is a summary of the status of the Company’s restricted shares as of December 31, 2016 and changes therein during the year then ended:



	Number of Shares Awarded		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2015	6,759,832		$	12.64
Granted	276,890		11.69
Vested	(1,060,026	)	12.54
Forfeited	(100,205	)	12.03
Non-vested at December 31, 2016	5,876,491		$	12.51

Expected future expenses relating to the non-vested restricted shares outstanding as of December 31, 2016 is $64.2 million over a weighted average period of 4.82 years.

The following is a summary of the Company’s stock option activity and related information for its option plan for the year ended December 31, 2016:



	Number of Stock Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at December 31, 2015	18,804,816		$	10.00	6.8	$	46,996
Granted	201,440		11.76		9.7
Exercised	(5,714,890	)	6.00		0.3
Forfeited	(125,931	)	12.54
Expired	(102	)	8.08
Outstanding at December 31, 2016	13,165,333		$	11.74	8.2	$	29,101
Exercisable at December 31, 2016	3,735,974		$	9.77	6.2	$	15,631

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $2.80 and $3.12 per share, respectively. Expected future expense relating to the non-vested options outstanding as of December 31, 2016 is $26.4 million over a weighted average period of 4.86 years.

111

Table of Contents

11. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is a defendant in certain claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Management and the Company’s legal counsel are of the opinion that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

At December 31, 2016, the Company was obligated under various non-cancelable operating leases on buildings and land used for office space and banking purposes. These operating leases contain escalation clauses which provide for increased rental expense, based primarily on increases in real estate taxes and cost-of-living indices. Rental expense under these leases aggregated approximately $22.3 million, $19.2 million and $17.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The projected annual minimum rental commitments are as follows:




	Amount
	(In thousands)
2017	$	23,004
2018	23,367
2019	22,554
2020	20,970
2021	19,467
Thereafter	128,666
	$	238,028

Financial Transactions with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk and Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company is a party to transactions with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business in order to meet the financing needs of its customers. These transactions consist of commitments to extend credit. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

At December 31, 2016, the Company had commitments to originate total commercial loans of $451.2 million. Additionally, the Company had commitments to originate residential loans of approximately $113.9 million, commitments to purchase residential loans of $151.6 million and unused home equity and overdraft lines of credit, and undisbursed business and construction loans, totaling approximately $1.07 billion. No commitments are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company has no exposure to credit loss if the customer does not exercise its rights to borrow under the commitment.

The Company uses the same credit policies and collateral requirements in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet loans. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies but primarily includes residential properties.

The Company principally grants commercial real estate loans, multi-family loans, commercial and industrial loans, construction loans, residential mortgage loans and consumer and other loans to borrowers throughout New Jersey, New York and states in close proximity. Its borrowers’ abilities to repay their obligations are dependent upon various factors, including the borrowers’ income and net worth, cash flows generated by the underlying collateral, value of the underlying collateral and priority of the Company’s lien on the property. Such factors are dependent upon various economic conditions and individual circumstances beyond the Company’s control; the Company is, therefore, subject to risk of loss. The Company believes its lending policies and procedures adequately minimize the potential exposure to such risks and adequate provisions for loan losses are provided for all probable and estimable losses. Collateral and/or government or private guarantees are required for virtually all loans.

The Company also holds in its loan portfolio interest-only one-to four-family mortgage loans in which the borrower makes only interest payments for the first five, seven or ten years of the mortgage loan term. This feature will result in future increases in the borrower’s contractually required payments due to the required amortization of the principal amount after the interest-only period. These payment increases could affect the borrower’s ability to repay the loan. The amount of interest-only one-to four-family mortgage loans at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was $122.0 million, and $172.3 million, respectively. The

112

Table of Contents

Company maintained stricter underwriting criteria for these interest-only loans than it did for its amortizing loans. The Company believes these criteria adequately control the potential exposure to such risks and that adequate provisions for loan losses are provided for all known and inherent risks.

In the normal course of business the Company sells residential mortgage loans to third parties. These loan sales are subject to customary representations and warranties. In the event that the Company is found to be in breach of these representations and warranties, it may be obligated to repurchase certain of these loans.

The Company has entered into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to the Company’s borrowings. During the year ended December 31, 2016, such derivatives were used to hedge the variability in cash flows associated with certain short term wholesale funding transactions. The fair value of the derivative as of December 31, 2016 was an asset of $12.6 million.

In connection with its mortgage banking activities, the Company has certain freestanding derivative instruments. At December 31, 2016, the Company had commitments of approximately $47.6 million to fund loans which will be classified as held-for-sale with a like amount of commitments to sell such loans which are considered derivative instruments under ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” The Company also had commitments of $31.0 million to sell loans at December 31, 2016. The fair values of these derivative instruments are immaterial to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The guarantees generally extend for a term of up to one year and are fully collateralized. For each guarantee issued, if the customer defaults on a payment or performance to the third party, the Company would have to perform under the guarantee. Outstanding standby letters of credit totaled $20.0 million at December 31, 2016. The fair values of these obligations were immaterial at December 31, 2016. In addition, at December 31, 2016, the Company had $205,000 in commercial letters of credit outstanding.

12. Derivatives and Hedging Activities

The Company uses various financial instruments, including derivatives, to manage its exposure to interest rate risk. Certain derivatives are designated as hedging instruments in a qualifying hedge accounting relationship (fair value or cash flow hedge.) As of December 31, 2016 the Company has cash flow hedges.

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objective in using interest rate derivatives are to primarily reduce cost and add stability to interest expense in an effort to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of amounts subject to variability caused by changes in interest rates from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is initially recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The Company did not any have derivatives outstanding prior to September 30, 2016.

During 2016, such derivatives were used to hedge the variability in cash flows associated with certain short term wholesale funding transactions. Since entering into the derivatives in the third quarter of 2016, the Company did not record any hedge ineffectiveness. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives would be recognized directly in earnings. Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable rate borrowings. During the next twelve months, the Company estimates that an additional $1.5 million will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense.

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments on the Balance Sheet

The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

113

Table of Contents



	Asset Derivatives						Liability Derivatives
	At December 31, 2016			At December 31, 2015			At December 31, 2016			At December 31, 2015
	Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value
	(In thousands)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Interest Rate Swaps	Other assets	$	12,550	Other assets	$	—	Other liabilities	$	—	Other liabilities	$	—
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments		$	12,550		$	—		$	—		$	—

Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Income Statement

The following table presents the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Income as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Company did not any have derivatives outstanding prior to September 30, 2016.



	Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion)				Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective Portion)	Amount of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective Portion)					Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion)	Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion)
	Twelve Months Ended December 31,					Twelve Months Ended December 31,						Twelve Months Ended December 31,
	2016		2015			2016			2015			2016		2015
	(In thousands)
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships:
Interest rate swaps	$	12,110	$	—	Interest expense	$	(440	)	$	—	Other non-interest income	$	—	$	—
Total	$	12,110	$	—		$	(440	)	$	—		$	—	$	—

Offsetting Derivatives

The following table presents a gross presentation, the effects of offsetting, and a net presentation of the Company’s derivatives in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. The net amounts of derivative liabilities can be reconciled to the tabular disclosure of fair value. The tabular disclosure of fair value provides the location that derivative assets and liabilities are presented on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

114

Table of Contents



							Gross Amounts Not Offset
	Gross Amounts Recognized		Gross Amounts Offset		Net Amounts Presented		Financial Instruments		Cash Collateral Posted			Net Amount
	(In thousands)
December 31, 2016
Assets:
Interest Rate Swaps	$	12,550	$	—	$	12,550	$	—	$	(12,550	)	$	—
Total	$	12,550	$	—	$	12,550	$	—	$	(12,550	)	$	—

December 31, 2015
Assets:
Interest Rate Swaps	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—
Total	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations and could be required to terminate its derivative positions with the counterparty. The Company has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the company fails to maintain its status as a well capitalized institution, then the Company could be required to terminate its derivative positions with the counterparty.

The Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with its derivative counterparties and posts collateral on a daily basis as required by the clearing house against the Company’s obligations, as required by these agreements.

13. Fair Value Measurements

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Our securities available-for-sale and derivatives are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record at fair value other assets or liabilities on a non-recurring basis, such as held-to-maturity securities, mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”), loans receivable and real estate owned (“REO”). These non-recurring fair value adjustments involve the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets. Additionally, in connection with our mortgage banking activities we have commitments to fund loans held-for-sale and commitments to sell loans, which are considered free-standing derivative instruments, the fair values of which are not material to our financial condition or results of operations.

In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, we group our assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:


•	Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.


•	Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

•

Level 3 – Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect our own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques. The results cannot be determined with precision and may not be realized in an actual sale or immediate settlement of the asset or liability.

We base our fair values on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

115

Table of Contents

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Securities available-for-sale

Our available-for-sale portfolio is carried at estimated fair value on a recurring basis, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income/loss in stockholders’ equity. The fair values of available-for-sale securities are based on quoted market prices (Level 1), where available. The Company obtains one price for each security primarily from a third-party pricing service (pricing service), which generally uses quoted or other observable inputs for the determination of fair value. The pricing service normally derives the security prices through recently reported trades for identical or similar securities, making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available observable market information. For securities not actively traded (Level 2), the pricing service may use quoted market prices of comparable instruments or discounted cash flow analyses, incorporating inputs that are currently observable in the markets for similar securities. Inputs that are often used in the valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to, benchmark yields, credit spreads, default rates, prepayment speeds and non-binding broker quotes. As the Company is responsible for the determination of fair value, it performs quarterly analyses on the prices received from the pricing service to determine whether the prices are reasonable estimates of fair value. Specifically, the Company compares the prices received from the pricing service to a secondary pricing source. Additionally, the Company compares changes in the reported market values and returns to relevant market indices to test the reasonableness of the reported prices. The Company’s internal price verification procedures and review of fair value methodology documentation provided by independent pricing services has not historically resulted in adjustment in the prices obtained from the pricing service.

Derivatives

Derivatives are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. The fair values of interest rate swap agreements are based on a valuation model that uses primarily observable inputs, such as benchmark yield curves and interest rate spreads.

116

Table of Contents

The following tables provide the level of valuation assumptions used to determine the carrying value of our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.



	Carrying Value at December 31, 2016
	Total		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3
	(In thousands)
Securities available for sale:
Equity securities	$	6,660	6,660	—	—
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation	598,439		—	598,439	—
Federal National Mortgage Association	1,008,587		—	1,008,587	—
Government National Mortgage Association	46,747		—	46,747	—
Total mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale	1,653,773		—	1,653,773	—
Total securities available-for-sale	$	1,660,433	6,660	1,653,773	—

Derivative financial instruments	$	12,550	—	12,550	—



	Carrying Value at December 31, 2015
	Total		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3
	(In thousands)
Securities available for sale:
Equity securities	$	6,495	6,495	—	—
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation	547,451		—	547,451	—
Federal National Mortgage Association	726,072		—	726,072	—
Government National Mortgage Association	24,679		—	24,679	—
Total mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale	1,298,202		—	1,298,202	—
Total securities available-for-sale	$	1,304,697	6,495	1,298,202	—

Derivative financial instruments	$	—	—	—	—

There have been no changes in the methodologies used at December 31, 2016 from December 31, 2015, and there were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year ended December 31, 2016.

117

Table of Contents

There were no Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

Mortgage Servicing Rights, net

Mortgage servicing rights are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. The estimated fair value of MSR is obtained through independent third party valuations through an analysis of future cash flows, incorporating assumptions market participants would use in determining fair value including market discount rates, prepayment speeds, servicing income, servicing costs, default rates and other market driven data, including the market’s perception of future interest rate movements. The prepayment speed and the discount rate are considered two of the most significant inputs in the model. At December 31, 2016, the fair value model used prepayment speeds ranging from 3.15% to 24.18% and a discount rate of 14.27% for the valuation of the mortgage servicing rights. A significant degree of judgment is involved in valuing the mortgage servicing rights using Level 3 inputs. The use of different assumptions could have a significant positive or negative effect on the fair value estimate.

Impaired Loans Receivable

Loans which meet certain criteria are evaluated individually for impairment. A loan is deemed to be impaired if it is a commercial loan with an outstanding balance greater than $1.0 million and on non-accrual status, loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring, and other commercial loans with $1.0 million in outstanding principal if management has specific information that it is probable they will not collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Our impaired loans are generally collateral dependent and, as such, are carried at the estimated fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. Estimated fair value is calculated using the fair value of collateral based on independent third-party appraisals for collateral-dependent loans. In the event the most recent appraisal does not reflect the current market conditions due to the passage of time and other factors, management will obtain an updated appraisal or make downward adjustments to the existing appraised value based on their knowledge of the property, local real estate market conditions, recent real estate transactions, and for estimated selling costs, if applicable. At December 31, 2016, appraisals were discounted in a range of 0%-25% for estimated costs to sell. For non collateral-dependent loans, management estimates the fair value using discounted cash flows based on inputs that are largely unobservable and instead reflect management's own estimates of the assumptions as a market participant would in pricing such loans.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other Real Estate Owned is recorded at estimated fair value, less estimated selling costs when acquired, thus establishing a new cost basis. Fair value is generally based on independent appraisals. These appraisals include adjustments to comparable assets based on the appraisers’ market knowledge and experience, and are discounted an additional 0%-25% for estimated costs to sell. When an asset is acquired, the excess of the loan balance over fair value, less estimated selling costs, is charged to the allowance for loan losses. If the estimated fair value of the asset declines, a writedown is recorded through expense. The valuation of foreclosed assets is subjective in nature and may be adjusted in the future because of changes in economic conditions. Operating costs after acquisition are generally expensed.

Loans Held For Sale

Residential mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value and are therefore measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. When available, the Company uses observable secondary market data, including pricing on recent closed market transactions for loans with similar characteristics.

118

Table of Contents

The following tables provide the level of valuation assumptions used to determine the carrying value of our assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2016, there was no change to carrying value of other real estate owned measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. For the year ended December 31, 2015, there was no change to carrying value of MSR, impaired loans or loans held for sale measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.



Security Type	Valuation Technique	Unobservable Input	Range	Weighted Average Input	Carrying Value at December 31, 2016
					Total		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3
					(In thousands)
MSR, net	Estimated cash flow	Prepayment speeds	3.15% - 24.18%	9.84%	$	12,877	—	—	12,877
Impaired loans	Estimated Cash Flow	Lack of marketability and probability of default	22.0% - 29.0%	26.00%	1,403		—	—	1,403
Loans held for sale	Market comparable	Lack of marketability	2.5% - 4.5%	3.45%	313		—	—	313
					$	14,593	—	—	14,593



Security Type	Valuation Technique	Unobservable Input	Range	Weighted Average Input	Carrying Value at December 31, 2015
					Total		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3
					(In thousands)
Other real estate owned	Market comparable	Lack of marketability	0.0% - 25.0%	8.90%	$	510	—	—	510
					$	510	—	—	510

Other Fair Value Disclosures

Fair value estimates, methods and assumptions for the Company’s financial instruments not recorded at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis are set forth below.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For cash and due from banks, the carrying amount approximates fair value.

Securities Held-to-Maturity

Our held-to-maturity portfolio, consisting primarily of mortgage backed securities and other debt securities for which we have a positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, is carried at amortized cost. Management utilizes various inputs to determine the fair value of the portfolio. The Company obtains one price for each security primarily from a third-party pricing service, which generally uses quoted or other observable inputs for the determination of fair value. The pricing service normally derives the security prices through recently reported trades for identical or similar securities, making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available observable market information. For securities not actively traded, the pricing service may use quoted market prices of comparable instruments or discounted cash flow analyses, incorporating inputs that are currently observable in the markets for similar securities. Inputs that are often used in the valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to, benchmark yields, credit spreads, default rates, prepayment speeds and non-binding broker quotes. In the absence of quoted prices and in an illiquid market, valuation techniques, which require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable, are used to determine fair value of the investment. Valuation techniques are based on various assumptions, including, but not limited to forecasted cash flows, discount rates, rate of return, adjustments for nonperformance and liquidity, and liquidation values. As the Company is responsible for the determination of fair value, it performs quarterly analyses on the prices received from the pricing service to determine whether the prices are reasonable estimates of fair value. Specifically, the Company compares the prices received from the pricing service to a secondary pricing source. Additionally, the Company compares changes in the reported market values and returns to relevant market indices to test the reasonableness of the reported prices. The Company’s internal price verification procedures and review of fair value methodology documentation provided by independent pricing services has not historically resulted in adjustment in the prices obtained from the pricing service.

119

Table of Contents

FHLB Stock

The fair value of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York ("FHLB") stock is its carrying value, since this is the amount for which it could be redeemed. There is no active market for this stock and the Bank is required to hold a minimum investment based upon the balance of mortgage related assets held by the member.

Loans

Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type such as residential mortgage and consumer. Each loan category is further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest terms and by performing and non-performing categories.

The fair value of performing loans, except residential mortgage loans, is calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loan. For performing residential mortgage loans, fair value is estimated by discounting contractual cash flows adjusted for prepayment estimates using discount rates based on secondary market sources adjusted to reflect differences in servicing and credit costs, if applicable. Fair value for significant non-performing loans is based on recent external appraisals of collateral securing such loans, adjusted for the timing of anticipated cash flows. Fair values estimated in this manner do not fully incorporate an exit price approach to fair value, but instead are based on a comparison to current market rates for comparable loans.

Deposit Liabilities

The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as savings, checking accounts and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates which approximate currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Borrowings

The fair value of borrowings are based on securities dealers’ estimated fair values, when available, or estimated using discounted contractual cash flows using rates which approximate the rates offered for borrowings of similar remaining maturities.

120

Table of Contents

Commitments to Extend Credit

The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For commitments to originate fixed rate loans, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. Due to the short-term nature of our outstanding commitments, the fair values of these commitments are immaterial to our financial condition.

The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are presented in the following table.



	December 31, 2016
	Carrying		Estimated Fair Value
	value		Total	Level 1	Level 2	Level 3
	(In thousands)
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	164,178	164,178	164,178	—	—
Securities available-for-sale	1,660,433		1,660,433	6,660	1,653,773	—
Securities held-to-maturity	1,755,556		1,782,801	—	1,703,559	79,242
Stock in FHLB	237,878		237,878	237,878	—	—
Loans held for sale	38,298		38,298	—	38,298	—
Net loans	18,569,855		18,391,018	—	—	18,391,018
Financial liabilities:
Deposits, other than time deposits	$	12,333,273	12,333,273	12,333,273	—	—
Time deposits	2,947,560		2,938,137	—	2,938,137	—
Borrowed funds	4,546,251		4,545,745	—	4,545,745	—



	December 31, 2015
	Carrying		Estimated Fair Value
	value		Total	Level 1	Level 2	Level 3
	(In thousands)
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	148,904	148,904	148,904	—	—
Securities available-for-sale	1,304,697		1,304,697	6,495	1,298,202	—
Securities held-to-maturity	1,844,223		1,888,686	—	1,810,869	77,817
Stock in FHLB	178,437		178,437	178,437	—	—
Loans held for sale	7,431		7,431	—	7,431	—
Net loans	16,661,133		16,650,529	—	—	16,650,529
Financial liabilities:
Deposits, other than time deposits	$	10,647,346	10,647,346	10,647,346	—	—
Time deposits	3,416,310		3,414,528	—	3,414,528	—
Borrowed funds	3,263,090		3,277,983	—	3,277,983	—

Limitations

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

121

Table of Contents

Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance-sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets that are not considered financial assets include deferred tax assets, premises and equipment and bank owned life insurance. Liabilities for pension and other postretirement benefits are not considered financial liabilities. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.

14. Regulatory Capital

The Bank and the Company are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank and the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank and the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Tier 1 leverage ratio, Common equity tier 1 risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based capital and Total risk-based capital (as defined in the regulations). In July 2013, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that revised their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Final Capital Rules also revised the quantity and quality of required minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements, consistent with the Reform Act and the Third Basel Accord adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, or Basel III capital standards. The Common equity tier 1 risk-based ratio and changes to the calculation of risk-weighted assets became effective for the Bank and Company on January 1, 2015. The required minimum Conservation Buffer will be phased in incrementally, starting at 0.625% on January 1, 2016 and increasing to 1.25% on January 1, 2017, 1.875% on January 1, 2018 and 2.5% on January 1, 2019. The rules impose restrictions on capital distributions and certain discretionary cash bonus payments if the minimum Conservation Buffer is not met. As of December 31, 2016 the Company and the Bank met the currently applicable Conservation Buffer of 0.625%.

As of December 31, 2016, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank and the Company must maintain minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio, Common equity tier 1 risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based capital and Total risk-based capital as set forth in the tables. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank and the Company's category.

The following is a summary of the Bank and the Company’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2016 compared to the FDIC minimum capital adequacy requirements and the FDIC requirements for classification as a well-capitalized institution.

122

Table of Contents



	Actual				Minimum Capital Requirement				To be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions (1)
	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
	(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2016:
Bank:
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio	$	2,736,173	12.03	%	$	909,534	4.00	%	$	1,136,917	5.00	%
Common equity tier 1 risk-based	2,736,173		14.75	%	950,740		5.125	%	1,205,817		6.50	%
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital	2,736,173		14.75	%	1,229,006		6.625	%	1,484,082		8.00	%
Total Risk-Based Capital	2,965,720		15.99	%	1,600,026		8.625	%	1,855,103		10.00	%

Investors Bancorp, Inc:
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio	$	3,066,401	13.48	%	$	910,058	4.00	%	n/a		n/a
Common equity tier 1 risk-based	3,066,401		16.52	%	951,411		5.125	%	n/a		n/a
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital	3,066,401		16.52	%	1,229,872		6.625	%	n/a		n/a
Total Risk-Based Capital	3,295,948		17.75	%	1,601,155		8.625	%	n/a		n/a



	Actual				Minimum Capital Requirement				To be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions (1)
	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
	(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2015:
Bank:
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio	$	2,558,334	12.41	%	$	824,607	4.00	%	$	1,030,759	5.00	%
Common equity tier 1 risk-based	2,558,334		15.87	%	725,523		4.50	%	1,047,978		6.50	%
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital	2,558,334		15.87	%	967,364		6.00	%	1,289,819		8.00	%
Total Risk-Based Capital	2,760,081		17.12	%	1,289,819		8.00	%	1,612,274		10.00	%

Investors Bancorp, Inc:
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio	$	3,259,928	15.80	%	$	825,139	4.00	%	n/a		n/a
Common equity tier 1 risk-based	3,259,928		20.20	%	726,146		4.50	%	n/a		n/a
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital	3,259,928		20.20	%	968,194		6.00	%	n/a		n/a
Total Risk-Based Capital	3,461,649		21.45	%	1,290,926		8.00	%	n/a		n/a

(1) Prompt corrective action provisions do not apply to the Bank holding company.

123

Table of Contents

15. Parent Company Only Financial Statements

The following condensed financial statements for Investors Bancorp, Inc. (parent company only) reflect the investment in its wholly-owned subsidiary, Investors Bank, using the equity method of accounting.

Balance Sheets



	December 31,
	2016		2015
	(In thousands)
Assets:
Cash and due from bank	$	195,114	569,513
Securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value	6,918		1,733
Investment in subsidiary	2,792,474		2,611,080
ESOP loan receivable	92,839		94,889
Other assets	43,711		45,898
Total Assets	$	3,131,056	3,323,113
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:
Total liabilities	$	7,811	11,466
Total stockholders’ equity	3,123,245		3,311,647
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity	$	3,131,056	3,323,113

124

Table of Contents

Statements of Operations



	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015	2014
	(In thousands)
Income:
Interest on ESOP loan receivable	$	3,084	3,151	2,499
Dividend from subsidiary	30,000		—	—
Interest on deposit with subsidiary	2		2	2
Interest and dividends on investments	132		65	64
Gain on securities transactions	72		1,682	145
	33,290		4,900	2,710
Expenses:
Interest expense	120		54	43
Other expenses	3,933		3,170	12,197
Income (loss) before income tax expense	29,237		1,676	(9,530	)
Income tax (benefit) expense	452		540	(3,675	)
Income (loss) before undistributed earnings of subsidiary	28,785		1,136	(5,855	)
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary	163,340		180,370	137,576
Net income	$	192,125	181,506	131,721

Other Comprehensive Income



	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015	2014
	(In thousands)
Net income	$	192,125	181,506	131,721
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale	543		433	1,482
Total other comprehensive income	543		433	1,482
Total comprehensive income	$	192,668	181,939	133,203

125

Table of Contents

Statements of Cash Flows



	Year Ended December 31,
	2016			2015		2014
	(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	192,125		181,506		131,721
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
(Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary)	(163,340		)	(180,370	)	(137,576	)
Contribution in stock to charitable foundation	—			—		10,000
Gain on securities transactions	(72		)	1,682		145
Decrease (increase) in other assets	14,805			2,107		2,227
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities	(3,655		)	4,927		525
Net cash provided by operating activities	39,863			9,852		7,042
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital contributed to the Bank	—			—		(1,074,947	)
Cash received net of cash paid for acquisition	—			—		48
Purchase of investments available-for-sale	—			—		(493	)
Purchase of investments held-to-maturity	(5,000		)	—		—
Redemption of equity securities available-for-sale	72			2,700		467
Principal collected on ESOP loan	2,050			2,062		3,093
Cash received from MHC merger	—			—		11,307
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	(2,878		)	4,762		(1,060,525	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Loan to ESOP	—			—		(66,553	)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	—			—		2,149,893
Proceeds from sale of treasury stock	—			—		38,227
Purchase of treasury stock	(363,410		)	(382,922	)	(13,523	)
Option exercise	34,317			2,985		3,710
Dividends paid	(82,291		)	(87,395	)	(42,555	)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(411,384		)	(467,332	)	2,069,199
Net (decrease) increase in cash and due from bank	(374,399		)	(452,718	)	1,015,716
Cash and due from bank at beginning of year	569,513			1,022,231		6,515
Cash and due from bank at end of year	$	195,114		569,513		1,022,231

126

Table of Contents

16. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following tables are a summary of certain quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Income tax expense, net income and diluted shares included in the quarterly financial data previously disclosed 2016 interim periods have been revised to reflect the impact of the Company's adoption of ASU No. 2016-09, see Note 19, Recent Accounting Pronouncements.



	2016 Quarter Ended
	March 31		June 30	September 30	December 31
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Interest and dividend income	$	192,107	194,960	198,374	208,079
Interest expense	37,544		37,655	38,768	39,369
Net interest income	154,563		157,305	159,606	168,710
Provision for loan losses	5,000		5,000	5,000	4,750
Net interest income after provision for loan losses	149,563		152,305	154,606	163,960
Non-interest income	8,707		11,469	8,520	8,504
Non-interest expenses	87,146		91,009	91,398	89,010
Income before income tax expense	71,124		72,765	71,728	83,454
Income tax expense	26,455		27,625	21,878	30,989
Net income	$	44,669	45,140	49,850	52,465
Basic earnings per common share	$	0.14	0.15	0.17	0.18
Diluted earnings per common share	$	0.14	0.15	0.17	0.18



	2015 Quarter Ended
	March 31		June 30	September 30	December 31
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Interest and dividend income	$	175,159	181,529	186,897	188,138
Interest expense	30,717		32,977	35,623	37,322
Net interest income	144,442		148,552	151,274	150,816
Provision for loan losses	9,000		7,000	5,000	5,000
Net interest income after provision for loan losses	135,442		141,552	146,274	145,816
Non-interest income	8,534		11,585	11,306	8,700
Non-interest expenses	76,909		79,836	85,921	85,666
Income before income tax expense	67,067		73,301	71,659	68,850
Income tax expense	25,120		26,939	22,865	24,448
Net income	$	41,947	46,362	48,794	44,402
Basic earnings per common share	$	0.12	0.14	0.15	0.14
Diluted earnings per common share	0.12		0.14	0.15	0.14

127

Table of Contents

17. Earnings Per Share

The following is a summary of our earnings per share calculations and reconciliation of basic to diluted earnings per share.



	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Earnings for basic and diluted earnings per common share	(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Earnings applicable to common stockholders	$	192,125	$	181,505	$	131,721

Shares
Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic	297,580,834		329,763,527		344,389,259
Effect of dilutive common stock equivalents (1)	3,374,051		3,169,921		3,342,312
Weighted-average common shares outstanding - diluted	300,954,885		332,933,448		347,731,571

Earnings per common share
Basic	$	0.65	$	0.55	$	0.38
Diluted	$	0.64	$	0.55	$	0.38

(1) For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, there were 19,046,222, 18,200,877, and 142,953 equity awards, respectively, that could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented.

128

Table of Contents

18. Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of comprehensive income (loss), both gross and net of tax, are as follows:



	Year ended December 31, 2016							Year ended December 31, 2015						Year ended December 31, 2014
	Gross			Tax		Net		Gross		Tax		Net		Gross		Tax		Net
	(Dollars in thousands)
Net income	$	299,072		(106,947	)	192,125		280,877		(99,372	)	181,505		206,472		(74,751	)	131,721
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Change in funded status of retirement obligations	12,452			(4,981	)	7,471		(2,425	)	970		(1,455	)	(8,402	)	3,360		(5,042	)
Unrealized (loss) gain on securities available-for-sale	(19,399		)	7,115		(12,284	)	(7,982	)	3,049		(4,933	)	9,836		(3,884	)	5,952
Accretion of loss on securities reclassified to held to maturity available for sale	1,846			(754	)	1,092		2,448		(1,000	)	1,448		2,918		(1,192	)	1,726
Reclassification adjustment for security gains included in net income	(2,264		)	906		(1,358	)	(1,553	)	6		(1,547	)	(233	)	95		(138	)
Other-than-temporary impairment accretion on debt securities	1,488			(608	)	880		1,802		(736	)	1,066		1,343		(549	)	794
Net gains on derivatives arising during the period	12,550			(5,126	)	7,424		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total other comprehensive (loss) income	6,673			(3,448	)	3,225		(7,710	)	2,289		(5,421	)	5,462		(2,170	)	3,292
Total comprehensive income	$	305,745		(110,395	)	195,350		273,167		(97,083	)	176,084		211,934		(76,921	)	135,013

129

Table of Contents

The following table presents the after-tax changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:



	Change in funded status of retirement obligations			Accretion of loss on securities reclassified to held to maturity		Unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale and gains included in net income		Other-than- temporary impairment accretion on debt securities		Unrealized gains on derivatives	Total accumulated other comprehensive loss
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance - December 31, 2015	$	(12,366	)	(3,080	)	1,371		(13,750	)	—	(27,825	)
Net change	7,471			1,092		(13,642	)	880		7,424	3,225
Balance - December 31, 2016	$	(4,895	)	(1,988	)	(12,271	)	(12,870	)	7,424	(24,600	)

Balance - December 31, 2014	$	(10,911	)	(4,528	)	7,851		(14,816	)	—	(22,404	)
Net change	(1,455		)	1,448		(6,480	)	1,066		—	(5,421	)
Balance - December 31, 2015	$	(12,366	)	(3,080	)	1,371		(13,750	)	—	(27,825	)

The following table presents information about amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to the consolidated statements of income and the affected line item in the statement where net income is presented.



	Year Ended December 31,
	2016			2015
	(In thousands)
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income
Gain on security transactions	$	(2,264	)	(1,553	)
Change in funded status of retirement obligations (1)
Compensation and fringe benefits:
Adjustment of net obligation	249			2,512
Amortization of net obligation or asset	—			—
Amortization of prior service cost	—			49
Amortization of net gain	1,610			1,354
Compensation and fringe benefits	1,859			3,915
Interest Expense:
Reclassification adjustment for unrealized losses on derivatives	440			—
Total before tax	35			2,362
Income tax benefit	1,179			976
Net of tax	$	(1,144	)	1,386

(1) These accumulated other comprehensive loss components are included in the computations of net periodic cost for our defined benefit plans and other post-retirement benefit plan. See Note 10 for additional details.

130

Table of Contents

19. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, "Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting", a new standard that changes the accounting for certain aspects of share-based payments to employees. The new guidance requires excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies to be recorded in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled. In addition, cash flows related to excess tax benefits will no longer be separately classified as a financing activity apart from other income tax cash flows. The standard also allows entities to repurchase more of an employee’s shares for tax withholding purposes without triggering liability accounting, clarifies that all cash payments made on an employee’s behalf for withheld shares should be presented as a financing activity on its cash flows statement, and provides an accounting policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur. On December 31, 2016, The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-09 cumulatively, effective for the first quarter of 2016. Upon adoption, the Company recorded an cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balances of retained earnings and additional paid in capital. The ASU No. 2016-09 requires that excess tax benefits and shortfalls be recorded as income tax benefit or expense in the income statement, rather than equity. This resulted in a benefit to income tax expense in each of the quarters of 2016. Relative to forfeitures, ASU No. 2016-09 allows an entity’s accounting policy election to either continue to estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest, as under current guidance, or account for forfeitures when they occur. The Company has elected to continue its existing practice of estimating the number of awards that will be forfeited. The income tax effects of ASU No. 2016-09 on the statement of cash flows are now classified as cash flows from operating activities, rather than cash flows from financing activities. The Company elected to apply this cash flow classification guidance prospectively and, therefore, prior periods have not been adjusted. ASU No. 2016-09 also requires the presentation of certain employee withholding taxes as a financing activity on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows; this is consistent with the manner in which we have presented such employee withholding taxes in the past. Accordingly, no reclassification for prior periods is required.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, "Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” This ASU significantly changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that aren’t measured at fair value through net income. In issuing the standard, the FASB is responding to criticism that today’s guidance delays recognition of credit losses. The standard will replace today’s “incurred loss” approach with an “expected loss” model. The new model, referred to as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model, will apply to: (1) financial assets subject to credit losses and measured at amortized cost, and (2) certain off-balance sheet credit exposures. This includes, but is not limited to, loans, leases, held-to-maturity securities, loan commitments, and financial guarantees. The CECL model does not apply to available-for-sale (“AFS”) debt securities. For AFS debt securities with unrealized losses, entities will measure credit losses in a manner similar to what they do today, except that the losses will be recognized as allowances rather than reductions in the amortized cost of the securities. As a result, entities will recognize improvements to estimated credit losses immediately in earnings rather than as interest income over time, as they do today. The ASU also simplifies the accounting model for purchased credit-impaired debt securities and loans. ASU 2016-13 also expands the disclosure requirements regarding an entity’s assumptions, models, and methods for estimating the allowance for loan and lease losses. In addition, entities will need to disclose the amortized cost balance for each class of financial asset by credit quality indicator, disaggregated by the year of origination. ASU No. 2016-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019; early adoption is permitted for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Entities will apply the standard’s provisions as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective (i.e., modified retrospective

131

Table of Contents

approach). While early adoption is permitted, the Company does not expect to elect that option. The Company has begun its evaluation of the amended guidance including the potential impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements. The extent of the change is indeterminable at this time as it will be dependent upon portfolio composition and credit quality at the adoption date, as well as economic conditions and forecasts at that time.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, "Leases (Topic 842)", which requires all lessees to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset, measured at the present value of the future minimum lease payments, at the lease commencement date. Lessor accounting remains largely unchanged under the new guidance. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. A modified retrospective approach must be applied for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of the guidance, including determining whether other contracts exist that are deemed to be in scope. As such, no conclusions have yet been reached regarding the potential impact on adoption on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

132

Table of Contents

reported on the balance sheet as deferred charges until that debt liability amount is recorded. For public business entities, the guidance in the ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. This guidance did not have a material impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-04, "Practical Expedient for the Measurement Date of an Employer's Defined Benefit Obligation and Plan Assets." The ASU gives an employer whose fiscal year-end does not coincide with a calendar month-end the ability, as a practical expedient, to measure defined benefit retirement obligations and related plan assets as of the month-end that is closest to its fiscal year-end. The ASU also provides guidance on accounting for contributions to the plan and significant events that require a remeasurement that occur during the period between a month-end measurement date and the employer’s fiscal year-end. An entity should reflect the effects of those contributions or significant events in the measurement of the retirement benefit obligations and related plan assets. The ASU is effective for public business entities for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. This guidance did not have a material impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements.

20. Subsequent Events

As defined in FASB ASC 855, "Subsequent Events", subsequent events are events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or available to be issued. Financial statements are considered issued when they are widely distributed to stockholders and other financial statement users for general use and reliance in a form and format that complies with GAAP.

On January 24, 2017, the Company announced the entering into a Mutual Termination Agreement with The Bank of Princeton to terminate the merger agreement, which was originally entered into on May 3, 2016. The parties concluded that regulatory approval of the application submitted by Investors Bank to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation would not be obtained prior to the March 31, 2017 termination deadline set forth in the merger agreement. The Mutual Termination Agreement provides, among other things, that each party will bear its own costs and expenses in connection with the terminated transaction, without penalties, and mutually releases the parties from any claims of liability to one another relating to the merger transaction. As the merger was not completed, the transaction is not reflected in the balance sheet for the period presented in this document. The Company expensed costs which were to be capitalized in connection with the merger through its results of operation for the period ending December 31, 2016.

On January 26, 2017, the Company declared a cash dividend of $0.08 per share. The $0.08 dividend per share was paid to stockholders on February 24, 2017, with a record date of February 10, 2017.

133

Table of Contents



(a)(3)	Exhibits

The following exhibits are either filed as part of this report or are incorporated herein by reference:



3.1			Certificate of Incorporation of Investors Bancorp, Inc. (1)

3.2			Bylaws of Investors Bancorp, Inc. (1)

4			Form of Common Stock Certificate of Investors Bancorp, Inc. (1)

10.1			Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Investors Bancorp, Inc. and Kevin Cummings (1)

10.2			Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Investors Bancorp, Inc. and Domenick A. Cama (1)

10.3			Amended and Restated Employment Agreement Investors Bancorp, Inc. and Richard S. Spengler (2)

10.4			Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Richard S. Spengler (3)

10.5			Amended and Restated Employment Agreement Investors Bancorp, Inc. and Paul Kalamaras (4)

10.6			Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Paul Kalamaras (3)

10.7			Employment Agreement Investors Bancorp, Inc. and Sean Burke (5)

10.8			Amendment to Employment Agreement with Sean Burke (3)

10.9			Investors Bancorp, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (6)

10.10			Investors Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (7)

10.11			Roma Financial Corporation 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (8)

10.12			Investors Bank Executive Officer Annual Incentive Plan (9)

10.13			Investors Bank Amended and restated Supplemental ESOP and Retirement Plan (1)

10.14			Amended and Restated Investors Bank Executive Supplemental Retirement Wage Replacement Plan (1)

10.15			Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors Bank Executive Supplemental Retirement Wage Replacement Plan dated December 19, 2016

10.16			Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors Bank Executive Supplemental Retirement Wage Replacement Plan dated February 29, 2016

10.17			Investors Bank Amended and Restated Director Retirement Plan (1)

10.18			Investors Bancorp, Inc. Deferred Directors Fee Plan (1)

10.19			Investors Bank Deferred Directors Fee Plan (1)
10.20			Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement between Roma Bank and Robert C. Albanese, as assumed by Investors Bank (10)

10.21			Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement between Roma Bank and Dennis M. Bone, assumed by Investors Bank (10)

10.22			Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement between Roma Bank and Michele N. Siekerka, as assumed by Investors Bank (10)

134

Table of Contents



21			Subsidiaries of Registrant

23.1			Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

31.1			Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2			Certification of Principal Financial and Accounting Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1			Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

101			Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) related notes to these financial statements



(1)	Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Investors Bancorp, Inc. (Commission File no. 333-192966), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 2013.
(2)	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Investors Bancorp, Inc. (Commission File No. 000-51557) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2010.
(3)	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on 10-Q of Investors Bancorp, Inc. (Commission File No. 001-36441) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 10, 2016.
(4)	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Investors Bancorp, Inc. (Commission File No. 000-51557) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2010.
(5)	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Investors Bancorp, Inc. (Commission File No. 001-36441) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 3, 2015.
(6)	Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Definitive Proxy Statement for Investors Bancorp, Inc.'s 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (Commission File No. 001-36441) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2015.
(7)	Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Definitive Proxy Statement for Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (Commission File No. 000-51557) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 2006.
(8)	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Investors Bancorp, Inc. (Commission File No. 333-192717) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 9, 2013.
(9)	Incorporated by reference to Annex D to the Definitive Proxy Statement for Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (Commission File No. 000-51557) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2013.
(10)	Incorporated by reference to the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Investors Bancorp, Inc. (Commission File no. 333-192966) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 11, 2014.

135

Table of Contents



ITEM 16.	FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

136

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.




		INVESTORS BANCORP, INC.

Date: March 1, 2017	By:	/s/ Kevin Cummings
		Kevin Cummings Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive Officer) (Duly Authorized Representative)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

137

Table of Contents




Signatures	Title	Date

/s/ Kevin Cummings Kevin Cummings	Director, Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive Officer)	March 1, 2017

/s/ Domenick Cama Domenick Cama	Director, Chief Operating Officer and Senior Executive Vice President	March 1, 2017

/s/ Sean Burke Sean Burke	Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	March 1, 2017

/s/ Robert M. Cashill Robert M. Cashill	Director, Chairman	March 1, 2017

/s/ Robert C. Albanese Robert C. Albanese	Director	March 1, 2017

/s/ Dennis M. Bone Dennis M. Bone	Director	March 1, 2017

/s/ Doreen R. Byrnes Doreen R. Byrnes	Director	March 1, 2017

/s/ William Cosgrove William Cosgrove	Director	March 1, 2017

/s/ Brian D. Dittenhafer Brian D. Dittenhafer	Director	March 1, 2017

/s/ James Garibaldi James Garibaldi	Director	March 1, 2017

/s/ Michele N. Siekerka Michele N. Siekerka	Director	March 1, 2017

/s/ James H. Ward III James H. Ward III	Director	March 1, 2017

138